#This file was created by Tue Jun 22 16:20:11 1999 #LyX 1.0 (C) 1995-1999 Matthias Ettrich and the LyX Team \lyxformat 2.15 \textclass book \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97 %% Widens the vertical table spacing \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} \setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em} %% Provides certain commands which are missing. \DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{% {\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}% \DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{% {\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}% \DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{% {\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}% \DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{% {\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}% %% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding. \DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash} %% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings. \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{% \raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright} \hspace{-0.7em} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{% \raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright} \hspace{-0.7em} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{% \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{% \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{% \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{% \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{% D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{% \ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}} \hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{% \textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p} \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{% p\hspace{-0.55em}l \end_preamble \language default \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single \papersize Default \paperpackage a4 \use_geometry 0 \use_amsmath 0 \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 \paragraph_separation indent \defskip medskip \quotes_language english \quotes_times 2 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings \layout Title The LyX User's Guide \layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_float footnote \layout Standard This file is temporarily maintained by \noun on Mike Ressler \noun default , mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu. Please send comments or error corrections to that address. \end_float \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} \end_inset \layout Chapter Introduction \layout Section What Is LyX? \layout Standard LyX is a program that provides a more modern approach to writing documents with a computer, an approach that breaks with the obsolete tradition of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset typewriter concept. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a minimum of effort without becoming specialists in typesetting. Compared to common word processors, LyX will increase productivity a lot, since the job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, not the author. With LyX, the author can concentrate on the contents of her writing, since the computer takes care of the look. \layout Standard Technically this is done by combining the comfortable interface of a word processor with the high quality of a real typesetting system. LyX uses the most popular and, in our opinion, best typesetting system available: LaTeX. LaTeX is used for a wide range of documents, especially in science. For example, it's difficult to find a mathematics or computer science book that is not done with LaTeX. So, some people claim that its main purpose is mathematical typesetting. This isn't true. LaTeX is equally good for writing letters, articles, books, or any other kind of document, and does so much better than common word processors. What prevents some people from using this powerful, free typesetting system, one that is available for almost every computer system, is its difficult usage. With plain LaTeX, you need to enter a series of typesetting commands into the text in order to produce your document. As a result, you get no visual feedback until you feed your document to the LaTeX program. It's also difficult to read these documents before they have been printed. So, online editing isn't very easy. This is where LyX enters the game. \layout Standard LyX provides an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset almost-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset view of the document. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Almost \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means that the line- and page-breaks are not displayed exactly as they will appear in the printed document. However, that's not really necessary, since LyX uses a separate typesetter program [here, LaTeX] to perform the final formatting of your text. While LyX contains everything it needs to be a comfortable user interface, the typesetting program contains everything necessary to format text, and do so very, very well. There's no need to reinvent the wheel, after all. Besides, computers are best at following a set of rules, and doing so repeatedl y and consistently. Why should you do extra work remembering which subsubsection in which section in which chapter you're in, what numbering scheme your using, how big the different headings are, what font you used for the different types of headings, and so on, and so on, and so on, \SpecialChar \ldots{} when a computer can do all of that for you? The answer is simple: you shouldn't, and with LyX, you don't have So, line- and page-breaks aren't your problem anymore. Remembering which number to use for the next subsection isn't your problem anymore. Recalling what font you used for all of your section headings isn't your problem anymore. With LyX, you simply choose a so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paragraph environment. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset That's it. You're done. \layout Standard This gives you far more power than you may think. No longer do you need to scroll through a 75 page document, changing all of the section numbers because you deleted an old section. You could even pick a section, heading and all, up out of one document and drop it in a new one. LyX does the renumbering for you, adds the section to the Table of Contents, and more! Because you tell LyX [and LaTeX] what \emph on \emph default of document you're editing and what \emph on \emph default of paragraph this-or-that text is, the computer can typeset it accordingly. Cut some paragraphs from an old document [say, an article] and paste them in a completely different one, [say, a letter] and LyX does the rest. Of course you can also still do some low-level formatting for fine-tuning. However, the proper way with LyX is to tell the computer what the text \emph on \emph default , not what it should look like. So, we like to say that LyX gives you WYSIWYM editing [What You See Is What You \emph on \emph default \layout Standard Some people might be tempted to call LyX a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset frontend to LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset This isn't quite fair. LyX performs some typesetting internally to generate the correct look on the screen. Furthermore, LyX has some extensions to LaTeX specially designed to work with the WYSIWYM-concept. So, it's actually better to call LyX a \emph on High Level Wordprocessor \emph default that uses LaTeX as its backend. \layout Section About This Document \layout Standard If you haven't read the \emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Introduction \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph default , you need to. Yes, we mean now. \layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Introduction \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset describes several things, most importantly, the format of all of the manuals. If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual. You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead of this one. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Introduction \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset describes that, too. \layout Standard A full list of credits, containing of the LyX Documentation Project member, appears at the end of this file. \layout Section Getting Started \layout Subsection Invoking LyX \layout Standard Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX by simply typing \family typewriter \family default at the command line. You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file names. We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've already done that in the \family typewriter \family default page for LyX. Check there for more info. \layout Standard There are one or two things we'd like to comment on: \layout Itemize If you include more than one file name on the command line, LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously. More on that in a bit. \layout Itemize Many of you X-perts out there will try, in vain, to use the \family typewriter -geometry \family default option or its cousin, which has the form: \family typewriter -80x24+5+5 \family default For now, there is a workaround via the options \family typewriter -height \family default \family typewriter -width \family default \family typewriter -xpos \family default and \family typewriter -ypos \family default \layout Subsection How LyX Looks \layout Subsubsection The Main Window \layout Standard Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of its window. Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing documents. At the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line of text. This is the \emph on minibuffer \emph default [a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs]. It not only displays status information, but takes input, as well. \layout Standard Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar. This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the next line. Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for only a vertical scrollbar. \layout Standard There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@. This, however, is due to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page. The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than the LyX window. That is indeed a problem, one which will be resolved in a future version of LyX. \layout Subsubsection Popups \layout Standard Ever heard of a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dialog box? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset We LyXers like to call them popups windows, or popups for short. Almost all of the LyX popups have three basic buttons: \family sans \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default , and \family sans Cancel \family default The first and last ones are self-explanatory. The \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default button works similarly to the \family sans \family default button, in that it activates whatever changes you made in the popup; however, it doesn't close the popup, like \family sans \family default does. Actually, pressing the \family sans \family default button is exactly the same as pressing \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default to commit the changes and then \family sans Cancel \family default to close the popup. The three buttons also have shortcut keys: \layout Itemize \family sans \family default is bound to the \family sans Return \family default key, as in most programs \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default is bound to \family sans \family default [as you might expect] \layout Itemize \family sans Cancel \family default is bound to the \family sans \family default key. \layout Standard There are some popups that have different buttons. Not to worry, they're typically self-explanatory. We just wanted to document somewhere what that \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default does. \layout Subsection HELP! \layout Standard First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as in many commercial applications. Patience. We're working on it. \layout Standard Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals. You can read \emph on \emph default of the manuals from inside LyX. Just select the manual you want read from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. \layout Standard While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals. They're not idiot-proof, not in the least. Here's what one of our authors, \noun on John Weiss \noun default , once said about manuals: \layout Quotation I hate manuals. \layout Quotation Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals. They are aggravating. I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating. First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, et cetera, ad nauseum. Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI, then they should sit down and learn \emph on before \emph default they start up a major piece of software. \layout Quotation Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is stupid. Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless and intimidated, not stupid. Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a manual for a piece of computer software can't give. \layout Standard \emph on Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic. As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well, as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch. - jw \layout Section The LyX Interface \layout Subsection Basic File Operations \layout Standard Under the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor: \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans New from \bar under \bar default emplate \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default evert to saved \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Standard They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with a few minor differences. The \family sans \bar under \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from template \family default command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts you for a template to use. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters [see sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes} \end_inset \layout Standard Note: There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset default file \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or document named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Untitled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset scratch. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank space is just that --- a big, blank space. \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default evert to saved \family default command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same time \begin_float footnote \layout Standard If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature in LyX also. Read \emph on Extended Features \emph default \SpecialChar \@. \end_float It will simply reload the document from disk. You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document and want to restore it to the last save. \layout Standard The second matter of note concerns the commands \family sans \bar under \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default and \family sans \bar under \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default They both feature a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nag box \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to save us all from our own stupidity. That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll be informed that there are unsaved files. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Some of you will know that previous versions of LyX would crash if you tried to kill the window from the window manager [i.e. double-clicking the upper left corner]. This was fixed in 0.12, so it's safe to do that now. \end_float \layout Subsection Basic Editing Features \layout Standard Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and can delete whole words as well as individual characters. The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to access them. We'll start with cut and paste. \layout Standard As you might expect, the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features. Some of these are special and covered in later sections, such as the \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Insets \family default submenu. The basic ones are: \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Replace \layout Standard The first three are self-explanatory. One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected, it's automatically placed in the clipboard. That is, the \family sans Delete \family default and \family sans Backspace \family default keys also functions as the \family sans \family default command. Also, if you've selected text, be careful. If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed. You'll have to do an \family sans \family default to get back the lost text. \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Replace \family default item opens the \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator Replace \family default popup. LyX does its find and replace work a little bit differently than certain commercial programs. Obviously, the text you want to find goes in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default box. The two arrow buttons search backward and forward, respectively [it's obvious which does which]. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard These two arrows can be accessed from the keyboard via the shortcuts \family sans \family default and \family sans \family default for forward and back. \end_float Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it. Hitting the \family sans \bar under \bar default eplace \family default button replaces the selected text with the contents of the \family sans Replace \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default box. \layout Standard Let's state that again: you can't do a replace unless you've done a find first. \layout Standard To repeat a replace, click the arrow key to find the next/previous word, then hit the \family sans \bar under \bar default eplace \family default button. There is no operation to do a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset replace all \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [At least not yet\SpecialChar \ldots{} \layout Standard \family sans Case sensitive \family default toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search word. If the toggle is set, searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Match \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will not match the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter match \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard \family sans Match Word \family default toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words. I.e. searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter match \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will not match \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter matches \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Subsection Undo and Redo \layout Standard If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. LyX has an infinite-capacity undo/redo buffer. Select \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default to undo some mistake. If you accidently undo too much, use \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset undo the undo. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version, as this feature has not yet been properly tested out. \layout Standard You can't use \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default beyond the most recent change. Likewise, you can't \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default beyond the first change you made after opening the file. In such situations, the corresponding menu entries are grayed out. Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it was last saved, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset changed \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset status of the document is unfortunately not reset. This is a known bug. \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default and \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default work on almost everything in LyX. They have some quirks, too. They won't \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default text character by character, but by blocks of text. That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default and \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll hopefully appreciate how it works. Also, \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default does not work inside of math mode. Tip: if you enter \family sans Math mode \family default , change an equation, then leave math mode, \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default will revert to the old version of the equation, the one which existed before you entered \family sans Math mode \family default \layout Subsection Basic Mouse Bindings \layout Standard We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here. Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you can do with the mouse. Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations. \layout Enumerate Motion \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Click the \emph on left mouse button \emph default once anywhere in the edit window. The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scroll Bar \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard The scrollbar in LyX works pretty much as any other scrollbar around, except that we've enhanced it a bit. The scrollbar arrow buttons can do more than meets the eye: \layout Itemize Use the \emph on left mouse button \emph default to scroll by one line in the direction of the arrow. \layout Itemize Use the \emph on right mouse button \emph default to scroll a page in the \emph on \emph default direction as the arrow. \layout Itemize Use the \emph on middle mouse button \emph default to scroll a page in the \emph on opposite \emph default direction of the arrow. \end_deeper \layout Itemize References \begin_deeper \layout Standard Click on the \emph on left mouse button \emph default to jump to the referenced section. \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Selecting Text \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Hold down the \emph on left mouse button \emph default and drag the mouse. LyX selects the text between the old and new mouse positions. This is similar to how other programs work. \layout Itemize Click the \emph on middle mouse button \emph default to paste text. LyX repositions the cursor under the mouse and puts the pasted material into the text at that position. Also, if you've selected any text, LyX copies it into the paste buffer and pastes it. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc. \begin_deeper \layout Standard \emph on Single click \emph default \emph on \emph default left mouse button to open or close any of these. Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Tables \begin_deeper \layout Standard \emph on Single click the right mouse button \emph default to open a pop-up that will allow you to manipulate the table. \end_deeper \layout Subsection Basic Key Bindings \layout Standard Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings. You should know how to use a keyboard by now. Besides, the \emph on Reference manual \emph default contains a complete list of \emph on \emph default of the keybindings. \layout Standard Some keys, like \family sans PageUp \family default \family sans PageDown \family default \family sans \family default \family sans Right \family default \family sans \family default , and \family sans \family default , do exactly what you expect them to do. Other keys don't: \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. If you don't understand this, go read Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments} \end_inset , especially sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists} \end_inset , right now. Yes, right now. If you're still confused, look in the \emph on Tutorial \emph default \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cancel key. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It's used, generically, to cancel operations. Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \family default \protected_separator \protected_separator \family sans \family default These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Backspace \family default \protected_separator \protected_separator \family sans Delete \family default \emph on \emph default you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System, \family sans Backspace \family default works as expected and \family sans Delete \family default deletes the character to the right of the cursor [if no text is selected]. \begin_deeper \layout Standard If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean by that, go read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys} \end_inset immediately. You'll save yourself a lot of headaches. \end_deeper \layout Standard Then there are the modifier keys: \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Control- \family default This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used in combination with: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize With \family sans Backspace \family default \family sans Delete \family default , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. \layout Itemize With \family sans \family default and \family sans Right \family default , it moves by words instead of characters. \layout Itemize With \family sans \family default and \family sans \family default , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Shift- \family default Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Meta- \family default As we noted earlier, this is the \family sans \family default - key on many keyboards. This key does many different things, but it also activated the \emph on menu accelerator keys \emph default If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. If you use the accelerator key for a menu and then hit \family sans Space \family default , you'll open that menu. \begin_deeper \layout Standard For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pastes text. Typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator Space \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset opens the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. \layout Standard There are also other things bound to the \family sans Meta- \family default key, but you'll have to check in the \emph on Reference \emph default \emph on manual \emph default for more info. \end_deeper \layout Standard Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action. The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it. However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so \family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M-p S-A \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \family sans Meta-p \family default followed by a capital \family sans \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans S-C-S \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \family sans Shift-Control-s \family default \layout Section Using LyX with Other Programs \layout Subsection Importing ASCII files \layout Standard You can import text from an ASCII file using the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Import \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \family default submenu. It contains two different options: \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default and \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default aragraphs \family default \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Import \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph. This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it. However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the paragraphs if you use this form of import. \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Import \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default aragraphs \family default preserves paragraphs in text files. Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph on one line. You used \family sans Return \family default to break up the paragraph into separate lines. Using the \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default aragraphs \family default option, LyX won't mangle such paragraphs. Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph. \emph on But Remember: \emph default you must make sure there is a \emph on completely blank \emph default line between each and every paragraph in your text file. If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs. \layout Standard Use these options wisely. You have been warned! \layout Subsection Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs \layout Standard \family sans \family default \family sans \family default , and \family sans Paste \family default operations work only \emph on inside \emph default LyX. At the moment, you can't copy text from LyX to another X-Windows program. Sorry, but this is not implemented yet. \layout Standard The LyX team has managed, however, to get the other direction working. That is, you can copy text from another X-Windows program \emph on \emph default LyX. This special form of pasting works like the ASCII import feature; you can paste as lines or as paragraphs. Use: \layout Itemize \family sans Paste \protected_separator Primary \protected_separator Selection \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans Paste \protected_separator Primary \protected_separator Selection \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default raphs \layout Standard from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu to do this. \layout Chapter LyX Setup and Supporting Applications \layout Section Introduction \layout Standard If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you can safely skip this chapter. It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files distributed with it. \layout Standard If you're installing LyX on your system, \emph on you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then \family sans \emph default Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \protected_separator configuration \family default \emph on \emph default Do that first. This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{} It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful. \end_float \layout Section Requirements \layout Standard The version of LyX distributed as binaries only needs X Windows (X11R6). But it will compile under X11R5 as well. LyX is quite small (about 1M without XForms) and doesn't even need much memory to store the documents. It's also not that fast, \begin_float footnote \layout Standard It might take while if text in a new font has to be displayed, since the font has to be loaded into the X-server. LyX will not load fonts until they are really needed, so not all fonts are immediately accessible in all possible styles and sizes. \end_float but fast enough to allow working on a 386DX40 with 8MB RAM. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on Matthias \noun default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I know people who do this. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_float \layout Standard If you want to print and preview, you also need a complete LaTeX2e installation, including \family typewriter dvips \family default and \family typewriter \family default LyX will definitely not work with LaTeX2.09 (the changes you would have to do in the LyX sources are substantially more work than upgrading your LaTeX). You can obtain a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX) from any member of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three primary ftp servers and a host of mirrors in the network: the primary machines are ftp.dante.de (Germany), ftp.tex.ac.uk (United Kingdom), and ctan.tug.org (USA). A complete list of mirrors may be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan} \end_inset \layout Standard If you want to compile your own binary you also need the XForms library. As of version 1.0 you will need to use one of versions 0.81, 0.86 or 0.88 of the XForms library. We recommend using version 0.88, since that will give you a few extra features. You can obtain it from: \layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://bragg.phys.uwm.edu/xforms/} \end_inset \layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp/cs.ruu.nl/pub/XFORMS} \end_inset \layout Standard You also need the pixmap library (libXpm). Since this is usually a part of most modern Unixes it shouldn't be a problem. Just make sure you have the right pixmap library for your version of the XForms library. There are some incompatibility issues. As of version 1.0 you will need version 4.7 or 4.8 of libXpm. \layout Standard To compile LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} well, you wouldn't be reading this document if you hadn't already done so, would you? \begin_float footnote \layout Standard If, by some odd chance, someone has handed you a printed version of this manual and the source files, please feel free to go ask \emph on \emph default for help. Or, look at the \family typewriter README \family default files that came in the source code distribution. \end_float \layout Section Basic LyX Setup \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} \end_inset Again, you probably wouldn't be reading this file if you didn't already have a working LyX binary, so we won't discuss that here. There are a few things we do want to mention about LyX setup and installation. \layout Standard There are two ways to run LyX. The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system. Of course, you need root privileges to do that. The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset install \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset LyX somewhere in your own account. LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories are put in the correct places. \layout Standard There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX, without resorting to configuration files. First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document classes and LaTeX packages are available. It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several variables \family typewriter lyxrc \family default Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed on you system, you might have some items that you installed locally and which are not seen by LyX. To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default econfigure \family default You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information about what has been found under \family sans Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Configuration \family default \layout Standard The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the document-level setting that you can change via the \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default uotes \family default and \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \protected_separator \family sans Preamble \family default popups of the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu \begin_float footnote \layout Standard LyX 0.10.x users might remember that these settings used to be accessible \family typewriter lyxrc \family default This is not the case anymore. \end_float To do this, open a (possibly new) scrap document, set all these options according to your taste and save them with \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator layout \protected_separator \protected_separator default \family default This will create a template named \family typewriter default.lyx \family default which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template such that the settings are automatically set up as you defined them. \layout Standard There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX. Upon startup, LyX attempts to read a file called \family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc \family default beneath your home directory. If this file does not exist, LyX will read a global options file called \family typewriter lyxrc \family default The document \emph on Customization \emph default contains more information about these setup files. \layout Section Setting Up the X Keyboard \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} \end_inset To use LyX properly, you \emph on \emph default set X up correctly. This is especially vital if you're using the international support features of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings. Unfortunately, almost nobody bothers to do this, especially those who've installed Linux on a PC\SpecialChar \@. Administrators of large systems can be guilty of this, too, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system. Any user can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard. You needn't rely on your sysadmin for this - in fact, you \emph on shouldn't \emph default ! The following two programs are all you need to set up your keyboard the way you want it. \layout Subsection \family typewriter xmodmap \family default and \family typewriter xkeycaps \layout Standard First of all read the man pages for these two programs. They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping correctly. If you don't have them, install them. \layout Subsubsection \family typewriter xmodmap \layout Standard This document contains no information on how to use \family typewriter xmodmap \family default There is a sample \family typewriter .Xmodmap \family default file in \emph on Customization \emph default To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command \family typewriter xmodmap \protected_separator .Xmodmap \family default somewhere in your startup scripts [for example, \family typewriter .cshrc \family default \family typewriter .profile \family default \family typewriter .login \family default , or \family typewriter .xinitrc \family default are all possibilities]. \layout Subsubsection \family typewriter xkeycaps \layout Standard This program is a dream come true! It brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard output in a form readable by \family typewriter xmodmap \family default It is very useful when you're trying to design a new \family typewriter .Xmodmap \family default file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting. \layout Subsection Modifiers and Mode_switch \layout Standard LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [ \family sans \family default ], Control [ \family sans \family default ], and Meta [ \family sans \family default Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a \family sans Compose \family default key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your keyboard. This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like \family sans Shift \family default \family sans Control \family default ) or as a prefix key. Here are some examples of what you can do with a \family sans Compose \family default key: \layout Itemize \family sans Compose+e+' \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow \) \end_inset \layout Itemize \family sans Compose+O+R \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow \) \end_inset \layout Itemize \family sans Compose+1+2 \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow \) \end_inset \layout Itemize \family sans Compose+<+< \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \rightarrow \) \end_inset \layout Standard This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters only from time to time. It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will be used if you setup your locale correctly. \layout Subsection Helpful Hints and Tips \layout Standard First, open up two xterminals. Use one to edit a new \family typewriter .Xmodmap \family default file and run \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default from the other. Using \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default , remap your keyboard the way you want it. There's a button in \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default to output the new keymap. Once you hit it, \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from. Just copy and paste all of that into your \family typewriter .Xmodmap \family default file, and you're done. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard You could also save yourself some typing by executing \family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap \family default This will create a usable map file. Of course, if you hit the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset output keymap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button in \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default more than once, the resulting map file will be a mess. As with all things, \family typewriter xkeycaps \family default is a tool, and only as intelligent as the person on the other end. \end_float \layout Standard Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented. Try executing the command \family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm \family default This will show you all of the currently active modifiers. Also try \family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more \family default to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names. It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the \family typewriter .Xmodmap \family default file. \layout Standard There's one thing you'll need to check. Make sure that your \family sans Delete \family default and \family sans BackSpace \family default keys are \emph on \emph default defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs. Some programs bind \family sans Delete \family default and \family sans BackSpace \family default to the same operation. Emacs is one. Other programs, however, use \family sans Delete \family default and \family sans BackSpace \family default for different operations. LyX is one of these programs, and if you have \family sans Delete \family default and \family sans BackSpace \family default labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX. \layout Section LaTeX \layout Standard If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out \family typewriter \family default files, you'll need LaTeX. \layout Standard In case you were wondering, LaTeX is an extension to TeX, a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters, \begin_inset Formula \( \tau \epsilon \chi \) \end_inset , which rhymes with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset blech. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset That's how you pronounce \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [If you're American, just pronounce the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and you've got it.] \end_float TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset format, or Dvi, for short. The Dvi file can then be sent to printers. TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX macros. LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need is a TeX package. \layout Standard There are two version of LaTeX commonly in use today. One is the older LaTeX 2.09; the other is the newer LaTeX2e. LyX will only work with LaTeX2e and will gag on the older version 2.09. \layout Standard Let us make that perfectly clear: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center \emph on WILL ONLY WORK WITH \emph default LaTeX2e!!! \layout Standard If your system has version 2.09, get the sysadmin to upgrade. \layout Standard If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution. Look in the instructions that came with your Linux distribution [most likely a CD-ROM] and install the TeX package, if you didn't do so already. Everything you need will be there, along with some things you probably don't need. \layout Standard For other systems, you'll probably have to talk to your sysadmin to get TeX/LaTeX installed on your machine if it's not on there already. \layout Standard Oh, did we mention that LyX only works with LaTeX2e? \layout Section Dvips and Ghostscript \layout Subsection What You Need \layout Standard There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents. Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next section]. You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't have them already: \layout Itemize \family typewriter dvips \layout Itemize \family typewriter ghostscript \layout Itemize \family typewriter \layout Itemize \family typewriter ghostview \layout Standard The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript \begin_float footnote \layout Standard PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and is the main page description language in the UN*X world. \end_float format. If you don't know what a dvi-file is, you've probably also never worked with LaTeX and should read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default document before proceeding further. \family typewriter dvips \family default converts dvi-files into PostScript , which is the format most printers use nowadays. For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter the PostScript through \family typewriter ghostscript \family default , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers. The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically every time you print. For now, we'll concentrate on \family typewriter dvips \family default \layout Subsection Dvips \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} \end_inset Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home, you should configure \family typewriter dvips \family default \family typewriter dvips \family default will either \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset print \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's configured. If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it will simply turn \family typewriter foo.dvi \family default into \family typewriter foo.ps \family default Most systems have \family typewriter dvips \family default set up to send output to the default printer. For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both. \layout Standard If you are not a mood to configure \family typewriter dvips \family default to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section. Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could expect from your printer. At least, it will print. \layout Standard If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular on Linux), you should run the program \family typewriter texconfig \family default To make the name of a new printer recognized by \family typewriter dvips \family default you should then select menu entry \family sans Dvips \family default , then add. Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the function \family sans Rehash \family default \layout Standard Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform \family typewriter dvips \family default how to automagically convert a \family typewriter \family default file into a \family typewriter \family default file adapted to printer \family typewriter \family default , you need to have a config-file, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter config.foo \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset lying around somewhere. Typically, the \family typewriter config.* \family default files for \family typewriter dvips \family default will be in \family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips \family default in most TeX distributions. Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the main TeX directory for a subdirectory called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter dvips \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It'll be there somewhere. \layout Standard Typically, there will be at least one config-file: \family typewriter config.ps \family default This file is the default configuration file, which is \emph on always \emph default read by dvips \begin_float footnote \layout Standard In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of a file named \family typewriter \family default \end_float Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula r printer. Then create a file \family typewriter config.foo \family default containing only the relevant lines. \layout Standard There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file. There may exist a line that looks like, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter o | lpr \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} Change it to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter o | lpr -Pfoo \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , so that the output is sent by default to printer \family typewriter \family default However, you should probably investigate the entries \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the printer. If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the best possible result on your printer. Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different printers, \family typewriter dvips \family default will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take valuable space. \layout Standard Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you should tell LyX to make use of this configuration. To do this, you should edit \family typewriter lyxrc \family default and set correctly the entries \family typewriter \backslash print_adapt_output \family default and \family typewriter \backslash print_spool_command \family default as described there. \layout Standard You can use as many config-files as you like, one for each of your printers. The default printer for LyX can be specified in \family typewriter lyxrc \family default or with the \family typewriter PRINTER \family default environment variable. You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in a later section.Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer or file from LyX. \layout Standard If your printer doesn't understand PostScript , you'll need to use \family typewriter ghostscript \family default as a filter for your print spooler. That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals. We also have a section that covers a little bit of this. \layout Standard Some people don't seem to like using the \family typewriter dvips \family default plus \family typewriter ghostscript \family default combination. As alternative, you can use a program that converts the dvi-file directly into your printer language. You can specify this program in \family typewriter lyxrc \family default , too. There is a major disadvantage to this method. You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents, since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using \family typewriter dvips \family default and \family typewriter ghostscript \family default for printing. \layout Subsection Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview \layout Standard \family typewriter \family default and \family typewriter ghostview \family default are viewers, The former handles \family typewriter \family default files, while the later interfaces with \family typewriter ghostscript \family default to allow you to view PostScript files. \layout Standard A quick note on both of these programs. Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file \begin_float footnote \layout Standard That means the \family typewriter \family default \family typewriter \family default file, not the files used to make these. \end_float changes. You can also force an update. So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same features. \layout Standard The LyX team recommends using \family typewriter \family default for fine tuning documents. Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before you can view the changes. Here's an example: \layout Enumerate \family typewriter \family default to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running. \layout Enumerate Make changes to the document using LyX. \layout Enumerate To view those changes, just choose \family sans Update DVI \family default from the \family sans \family default menu. When LaTeX's all done, click on the \family typewriter \family default window, and voil \family typewriter \family default will update itself. \layout Standard Now, this doesn't mean \family typewriter ghostview \family default is useless. \family typewriter ghostview \family default is better suited to those occasions where you \emph on \emph default view the PostScript version of the document. For repeated changes that aren't PostScript dependent, you're better off previewing with \family typewriter \family default There is an alternative to \family typewriter ghostview \family default which sports a much better interface: \family typewriter \family default LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available. \layout Section The Printer \layout Standard \size normal Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here. Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the printers set up for your system. All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use, and configure your \family typewriter lyxrc \family default as described in the last section. \layout Standard \size normal Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do. Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware, on CD-ROM \size default \SpecialChar \@. \size normal They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never realize that they need to set up their printer. If you've never touched the file \family typewriter /etc/printcap \family default , you need to set up your printer. \size default We've written a little something to help you out with that; check out the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on A Printer Tutorial \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset chapter in the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for help. \layout Chapter LyX Basics \layout Section Document Types \layout Subsection Introduction \layout Standard Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you need to decide what \emph on \emph default of document you want to edit. Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, numbering schemes, and so on. Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. \layout Standard \emph on document class \emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. So, it behooves you to change the class of your document. \layout Standard Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and how to fine-tune some of their properties. \layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} \end_inset The Various Document Classes \layout Subsubsection Overview \layout Standard There are five standard document classes in LyX. They are: \layout Description Article for basic articles \layout Description Report for basic reports \layout Description Book for writing a book \layout Description Letter for US-style letters \layout Description Slides is used to make transparencies \layout Standard There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have a LaTeX setup that supports them: \layout Description Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic \layout Description Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American Mathematical Society]. There are three amsart layouts available. The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems, \emph on \emph default , that prepends the section number to the number of the result. All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. \layout Description Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS. Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and that you would need to number results. \layout Description Dinbrief f r Briefe nach deutscher Art \layout Description Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than \family sans slides \layout Description Iletter per lettere all' italiana \layout Description Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc). It allows LyX to produce SGML output. SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@. The SGML-tools package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by \family typewriter \family default pages. \layout Description Paper for use with the \family typewriter paper \family default LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions] \layout Description Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society of America (OSA). This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. \layout Standard We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes here. You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the \emph on Extended Editing \emph default manual. Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes. \layout Subsubsection Selecting a Class \layout Standard You can select a class using the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. To open the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup, select \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu. Then use \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default to select the class you want to use. \layout Standard After you select a class, LyX then asks if you want to use the defaults for \family sans \bar under \bar default agestyle \family default \family sans Sides \family default \family sans Columns \family default \family sans Separation \family default , and \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Options \family default It's safe to hit \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default here. If you look at the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup again, you'll notice options for all of these. So, you can always fine-tune the defaults for a given section. \layout Subsubsection Properties \layout Standard In case you're wondering what those \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset defaults \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are for each of the document classes, here's a quick table describing them: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 11 5 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 1 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \family sans Pagestyle \family default \newline \family sans Sides \family default \newline \family sans Columns \family default \newline sectioning level \newline article \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Section \family default \newline report \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Chapter \family default \newline \newline \family sans Headings \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Chapter \family default \newline letter \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \newline linuxdoc \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Section \family default \newline aapaper \newline \family sans Plain \newline \newline \newline Section \family default \newline amsart \newline \family sans Headings \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Section \family default \newline dinbrief \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \newline iletter \newline \family sans Plain \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \newline paper \newline \family sans Headings \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans \family default \newline \family sans Section \layout Standard There is no default value of \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Options \family default \family sans Separation \family default for any of these classes. \layout Standard You're probably also wondering what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sectioning level \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings. Different document classes allow different types of section headings. Only two use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the \family sans Section \family default heading. Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section headings. In addition to \family sans Chapter \family default and \family sans Section \family default headings, there are also \family sans Subsection \family default headings, \family sans Subsubsection \family default headings, and so on. We'll describe these headings fully in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings} \end_inset \layout Subsection Fine-Tuning the Defaults \layout Standard Okay, we know we never told you what most of these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset default options \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset set by the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default button do. That's what this section is for. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default agestyle \family default This is another list, containing five options. It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page: \begin_float footnote \layout Standard LaTeX does this part. \end_float \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Default \family default Use default pagestyle of current class. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Empty \family default No page numbers or headings. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Plain \family default Page numbers only. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Headings \family default Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on which is the maximum sectioning level. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Fancy \family default This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you have the \family sans fancyhdr \family default package installed. At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. To use the full power of this package, you have to resolve to magic codes in your preamble. Check the documentation for the \family sans fancyhdr \family default package for more details. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Sides \family default No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sided of a sheet of paper! However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere d pages. This way, if you \emph on \emph default have a printer that duplexes, \begin_float footnote \layout Standard prints on both sides of a sheet of paper \end_float your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page and the left margin will have extra room for a binding. \begin_deeper \layout Standard There are two toggle buttons here: \family sans \family default for single-sided documents, \family sans \family default for double-sided documents. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Columns \family default Yes, this does control how many columns each page has. You can choose, using the toggle buttons, \family sans \family default \family sans \family default for the number of columns. \begin_deeper \layout Standard Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen. That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept. However, there \emph on \emph default be two columns in the generated output. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Options \family default The LaTeX command \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default takes several options. LyX sets some of these automatically for you. This text box allows you to enter in others. Just type in a comma-separated list of options. See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you can use. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans Separation \family default This has its own section. See sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} \end_inset for a description of what this does. \layout Subsection Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins \layout Standard There are several other options to set in the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only affect certain features. We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the features they affect. \layout Standard There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so we'll describe them here. You'll find them in the \family sans Paper \family default popup under the \family sans Layout \family default menu: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Orientation \family default Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as \family sans \bar under \bar default andscape \family default or as \family sans \bar under \bar default trait \family default \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Papersi \bar under \bar default \family default What size paper to print on. The choices are \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans Default \layout Itemize \family sans A3, A4, \family default \family sans \layout Itemize \family sans B3, B4, B5 \layout Itemize \family sans US Letter \layout Itemize \family sans US legal \layout Itemize \family sans US executive \layout Itemize \family sans Custom \end_deeper \layout Standard Some of these settings require you to have the \family sans geometry \family default package installed. This package will also allow you to set the margins in the \family sans Paper \family default popup. \layout Subsection Important Note: \layout Standard If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert \emph on everything \emph default into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have them. Some classes have special paragraph environments, however. If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing paragraph environments to \family sans Standard \family default and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph. Just click on them and you'll get a message popup that tells you about the conversion and why it failed. \layout Section Paragraph Indentation and Separation \layout Subsection Introduction \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} \end_inset Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. \layout Standard Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer. The \emph on first \emph default paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, etc., is \emph on \emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented paragraphs, you'll have to live with it. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs. LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX \emph on \emph default print it that way. You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command in the preamble. \emph on Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time. - jw \emph default \end_float \layout Standard The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded into LyX. As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. LyX takes care of that. In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range. That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, and so on. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. \end_float However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. LyX gives you the ability to globally change \emph on \emph default of these pre-coded spacings. We'll explain more later. \layout Subsection Global Indentation Method \layout Standard To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu. This opens the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. Select \family sans \bar under \bar default ndent \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. \layout Subsection Fine-Tuning \layout Standard You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. Choose \family sans \bar under \bar default aragraph... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu to open the \family sans Paragraph \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. Toggle the \family sans \bar under \bar default o Indent \family default button to change the state of the current paragraph. If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first. If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this button will be depressed initially. \layout Standard You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. Typically, you'll select \family sans \bar under \bar default ndent \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default for the entire document and edit away. \layout Subsection Changing Line Spacing \layout Standard In the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup you can choose your line spacing provided you have the \family sans setspace \family default package installed. \layout Section Paragraph Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} \end_inset \layout Subsection Overview \layout Standard The paragraph environments correspond to the various \family typewriter \backslash begin{ \family default \emph on environment \family typewriter \emph default } ... \backslash \family default \emph on environment \family typewriter \emph default \family default command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file. If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we urge you to read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default The \emph on Tutorial \emph default also contains many more examples than this section does. \layout Standard A paragraph environment is, simply, a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset container \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering scheme, labels, and so on. Additionally, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other holdovers from the days of typewriters. There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular document type. We'll only be covering the most common ones here. \layout Standard To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left end of the toolbar. [Click on the arrow to open and close it.] LyX will change the environment of the \emph on entire \emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. \layout Standard Note that hitting \family sans Return \family default will \emph on typically \emph default create a new paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default paragraph environment. We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset typically \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset because this isn't always the case. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard If you are in one of these environments: \latex latex \layout LaTeX \backslash vspace{-2ex} \backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ \layout Itemize \family sans Quote \layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \layout LaTeX \backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ \layout Itemize \family sans Verse \layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \layout LaTeX \backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ \layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \layout Itemize \family sans Description \layout LaTeX \backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ \layout Itemize \family sans \layout LaTeX \layout Standard LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit \family sans Return \family default , rather than resetting it to \family sans Standard \family default LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however. \end_float Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset Sometimes, however, LyX keeps the old environment. At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting \family sans Return \family default to reset the paragraph environment and depth. If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth, use \family sans M-Return \family default instead. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard This invokes the function \family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout \family default \end_float \layout Subsection Standard \layout Standard The default paragraph environment is \family sans Standard \family default It creates a plain paragraph. If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in this manual] are in the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \layout Standard You can nest a paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything in a \family sans Standard \family default environment. \layout Subsection Document Titles \layout Standard A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the author[s] and a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for thanks or contact information. For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. For other types of documents, the title \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. \layout Standard LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments \family sans Title \family default \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans \family default Here's how you use them: \layout Itemize Put the title of your document in the \family sans Title \family default environment. \layout Itemize Put the author name in the \family sans Author \family default environment. \layout Itemize If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in the \family sans \family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. \layout Standard Be sure to do this at the top of the document. You can use footnotes to insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thanks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or contact information. \layout Subsection Headings \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} \end_inset There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings. LyX takes care of the numbering for you. All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter \layout Subsubsection Numbered Headings \layout Standard There are 6 numbered types of section headings. They are: \layout Enumerate \family sans Chapter \layout Enumerate \family sans Section \layout Enumerate \family sans Subsection \layout Enumerate \family sans Subsubsection \layout Enumerate \family sans Paragraph \layout Enumerate \family sans Subparagraph \layout Standard LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. For example, suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. LyX does similar grouping: \layout Itemize Either \family sans Chapter \family default \family sans Section \family default is the maximum sectioning level. \layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \family default s are divided into \family sans Section \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Section \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsection \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsubsection \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Paragraph \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \family default s are divided into \family sans Subparagraph \family default \layout Standard \emph on Note: \emph default not all document types use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading as the maximum sectioning level. In that case, the \family sans Section \family default is the top-level heading. \layout Standard So, if you use the \family sans Subsubsection \family default environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter that it's in. For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Subsubsection Unnumbered Headings \layout Standard There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings. They are: \layout Enumerate \family sans Section* \layout Enumerate \family sans Subsection* \layout Enumerate \family sans Subsubsection* \layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset after each name means that these headings are not numbered. They work the same as their numbered counterparts. \layout Subsubsection Changing the Numbering \layout Standard You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document class. Certain classes start with \family sans Chapter \family default and go down to the \family sans Subparagraph \family default level. Others start at \family sans Section \family default Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number \family sans Paragraph \family default \family sans Subparagraph \family default This is something you can change. \layout Standard Open the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup [via the \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument... \family default item in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu]. You should see a counter labelled \family sans Section \protected_separator number \protected_separator depth \family default This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section heading. Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so here's a table of values and what they do: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 9 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \family sans Num. Depth \family default \newline LyX numbers these \newline value: \newline section headings: \newline \newline no numbering \newline -0 and 0 \newline \family sans Chapter \family default \newline \newline \family sans Chapter \family default through \family sans Section \family default \newline \newline \family sans Chapter \family default through \family sans Subsection \family default \newline \newline \family sans Chapter \family default through \family sans Subsubsection \family default \newline \newline \family sans Chapter \family default through \family sans Paragraph \family default \newline \newline \family sans Chapter \family default through \family sans Subparagraph \layout Standard Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use \family sans Chapter \family default headings, then the numbering begins at the \family sans Section \family default heading, and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset also corresponds to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset no numbering. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard There's another counter on the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup, called \family sans Table \protected_separator \protected_separator contents \protected_separator depth \family default It works the same way as \family sans Section \protected_separator numbering \protected_separator depth \family default , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the Table of Contents. This is a great control to have. Suppose you wanted to number \emph on \emph default sectioning heading, but you only wanted \family sans Chapter \family default \family sans Section \family default s, and \family sans Subsection \family default s in the Table of Contents. You'd just set \family sans Section \protected_separator numbering \protected_separator depth \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \family sans Table of contents \protected_separator depth \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and voil ! You're all set. \layout Subsubsection Special Information \layout Standard The following information applies to \family sans Chapter \family default \family sans Section \family default \family sans Subsection \family default \family sans Subsubsection \family default \family sans Paragraph \family default \family sans Subparagraph \family default as well as \family sans Section* \family default \family sans Subsection* \family default , and \family sans Subsubsection* \family default \layout Itemize You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. \layout Itemize You can use inlined math in these environments. \layout Itemize You cannot do any nesting with these environments. \layout Itemize You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. \layout Standard As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're using them everywhere in the manuals. \layout Subsubsection Creating an Appendix \layout Standard Currently, LyX cannot display an appendix. You can use inserted LaTeX code to create an appendix with the command: \layout LyX-Code \backslash appendix \layout Standard All headings following this command will appear in the previewed or printed document as appendices. \layout Standard See section \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset to learn how to insert LaTeX commands into a document. \layout Subsection Quotes and Poetry \layout Standard LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. They are \family sans Quote \family default \family sans Quotation \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. They also allow nesting, so you can put a \family sans Verse \family default in a \family sans Quotation \family default , as well as in some other paragraph environments. \layout Standard There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do \emph on \emph default reset to \family sans Standard \family default when you break a paragraph. So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit \family sans Return \family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have to change back to the \family sans Standard \family default environment yourself. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} \end_inset Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's time for the differences. \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \family default are identical except for one difference: \family sans Quote \family default uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. \family sans Quotation \family default \emph on always \emph default indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. \layout Standard Here's an example of the \family sans Quote \family default environment: \layout Quote This is in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See - no indentation! \layout Quote Here's the second paragraph of this quote. Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. \layout Standard That ends that example. Here's another example, this time in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment: \layout Quotation This is in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment. If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation. If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting the first line, then \family sans Quotation \family default is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it \emph on \emph default you were quoting other text. \layout Quotation Here's a new paragraph. I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. If I did that, though, you'd get bored. \layout Standard That was our other example. As the example notes, \family sans Quote \family default is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. They should put quotes in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the \family sans Quotation \family default paragraph environment for quoted text. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Verse \layout Standard \family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} \end_inset Verse \family default is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. Here's an example: \layout Verse This is in Verse \newline Which I did not rehearse! \layout Verse It could be much worse. This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps around. It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first. Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. \layout Verse To break a line \newline And make things look fine \newline \family sans C-Return \family default \layout Standard As you can see, \family sans Verse \family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the \family typewriter break-line \family default function, \family sans C-Return \family default \layout Subsection Lists \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} \end_inset This is an area where LyX clearly outshines standard word processors. One of the most common complaints and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset reports on the LyX Developer's list is, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I can't put in more than one space! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Typically, the user in question is looking for some way to indent text so he can make an outline or a list. After all, on the brand-name commercial word processors, if you want to write a list, you need to apply tab stops, indents, an a plethora of other horizontal spacing commands. \layout Standard But why should \emph on \emph default have to do this at all? Tab stops are fine for a typewriter, where you have no other way to indent text. A computer, on the other hand, is quite good at counting and doing things repeatedly. So, you shouldn't need to keep track of list numbers, indentations, and such. And with LyX, you don't. \layout Standard LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the \family sans Itemize \family default and \family sans Enumerate \family default environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. In the \family sans Description \family default and \family sans \family default environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. \layout Subsubsection General Features \layout Standard The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on \emph default reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is typically reset, however. If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment, you should use \family sans M-Return \family default to break paragraphs. \layout Standard You can nest lists of any type inside one another. In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its nested. If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we \emph on strongly urge \emph default you to read all of section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset \layout Subsubsection \family sans Itemize \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} \end_inset The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the \family sans Itemize \family default paragraph environment. It has the following properties: \layout Itemize Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. \layout Itemize The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. \end_deeper \layout Itemize The items can be any length. LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. The offset is always relative to whatever environment the \family sans Itemize \family default list may be in. \layout Itemize If you nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside another \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the label changes to a new symbol. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize There are four different symbols for up to a fourfold nesting. \layout Itemize LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen. \layout Itemize See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset for a full explanation of nesting. \end_deeper \layout Standard Of course, that explanation was also an example of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. The \family sans Itemize \family default environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. \layout Standard We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. Here's an example of all four possible symbols. Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference. \layout Itemize The label for the first level \family sans Itemize \family default is a large black dot, or bullet. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize The label for the second level is a dash. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize The label for the third is an asterisk. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize The label for the fourth is a centered dot. \end_deeper \layout Itemize Back out to the third level. \end_deeper \layout Itemize Back to the second level. \end_deeper \layout Itemize Back to the outermost level. \layout Standard These are the default labels for an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You can customize these labels by adding the correct commands to the LaTeX preamble (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} \end_inset Of course, LyX won't know about them; that's the whole point to the WYSIWYM concept. Any customizations you make appear in the printed document. \layout Standard Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset Be sure to read it! \layout Subsubsection \family sans Enumerate \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} \end_inset \family sans Enumerate \family default environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines. It has these properties: \layout Enumerate Each item has a numeral as its label. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. \layout Enumerate Each new \family sans Enumerate \family default environment resets the counter to 1. \layout Enumerate Like the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment: \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate Offsets the items relative to the left margin. Items can be any length. \layout Enumerate Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. \layout Enumerate Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. \layout Enumerate Allows up to a fourfold nesting. \end_deeper \layout Standard Unlike the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, \family sans Enumerate \family default \emph on \emph default show the different labels for each item. Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an \family sans Enumerate \family default \layout Enumerate The first level of an \family sans Enumerate \family default uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. \layout Enumerate Again, notice the decrease in inter-item spacing as the nesting depth increases. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Back to the third level \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Back to the second level. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Back to the outermost level. \layout Standard Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} \end_inset ), however. As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version, not on the LyX screen. \layout Standard There is more to nesting \family sans Enumerate \family default environments than we've stated here. You \emph on really \emph default should read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset to learn more about nesting. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Description \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} \end_inset Unlike the previous two environments, the \family sans Description \family default list has no fixed label. Instead, LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the first line as the label. Here's an example: \layout Description Example: This is an example of the \family sans Description \family default environment. \layout Standard LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. \layout Standard Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset uses the first 'word'. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset As stated earlier, \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \emph on Editor's Note: This should be stated in the beginning somewhere\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_float the \family sans Space \family default key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another. Inside of a \family sans Description \family default environment, the \family sans Space \family default key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line of an item. \emph on Editor's Note: Hopefully, someone will change this. It would be nice if, say, the \family sans \family default key terminated the label, since LaTeX allows you to use a resizeable space in the label of a description list. \emph default \layout Standard However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label of a \family sans Description \family default environment? Simple: use a \family sans Protected Blank \family default [Use either \family sans C-Space \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default pecial \protected_separator Characters\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \family default menu. See sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} \end_inset for more info.] Here's an example: \layout Description Second \protected_separator Example: This one shows how to use a \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default in the label of a \family sans Description \family default list item. \layout Description Usage: You should use the \family sans Description \family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a \family sans Description \family default environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. You're better off using \family sans Itemize \family default \family sans Enumerate \family default and nesting several \family sans Standard \family default paragraphs into them. \layout Description Nesting: You can, of course, nest \family sans Description \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. Read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset to learn about nesting. \layout Standard Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting them from the first line. \layout Subsubsection The LyX \family sans \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} \end_inset \family sans \family default environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. \layout Standard Now, if you jumped here without reading sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist} \end_inset , you've goofed. The \family sans \family default environment does \emph on \emph default create numbered lists. That's what \family sans Enumerate \family default does, and it's documented in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate} \end_inset \layout Standard Like the \family sans Description \family default environment the \family sans \family default environment has user-defined labels for each list item. There are some key differences between this list environment and the other three: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \protected_separator labels LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of each line as the item label. The first \family sans Space \family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default \family sans C-Space \family default ] between them. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text. The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM label \protected_separator width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger. If the actual width is larger, then the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset extends \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the first line. In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM default \protected_separator width You can very easily set this default width. It's quite painless, actually. So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a \family sans \family default environment have the same left margin. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM uses You should use the \family sans \family default environment the same way you'd use as \family sans Description \family default list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes The \family sans \family default environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall layout. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM nesting You can nest \family sans \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset to learn about nesting. \layout Standard As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment! \layout Standard To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to change. You can also simply move the cursor into a \family sans \family default item if you want to change only its label width. Now open the \family sans Paragraph Layout \family default popup [use \family sans \bar under \bar default aragraph... \family default in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu] and find the \family sans Label \protected_separator Width \family default text box. The text in the \family sans Label \protected_separator Width \family default box determines the default label width. If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label here, but you don't need to. We recommend using the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset multiple times. It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Of course, you could use some other character multiple times, too. Or, you could get fancy and use combinations of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset s and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset However, the width of the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on \emph default a standard unit of horizontal space under LaTeX. That's why we recommend using \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset multiple times. \end_float The default label width in the example \family sans \family default is 6 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset s wide. Using \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as your unit of width in the \family sans Label \protected_separator Width \family default box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents \family sans Label \protected_separator Width \family default every time you alter a label in a \family sans \family default environment. \layout Standard There's yet another feature of the \family sans \family default environment we need to tell you about. As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. In reality, there is an \family sans HFill \family default built into the end of the label. We'll document \family sans HFills \family default later in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} \end_inset You can use additional \family sans HFills \family default to change how LyX justifies the item label. Here are some examples: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Left The default for \family sans \family default item labels. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM \hfill Center One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label centers it. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator Right \protected_separator #1 You can sort-of right justify the label by using several \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default s at the beginning of the line. As you can see, however, it alters the margin of the first line. It'll be a pain in the butt to figure out just how many \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default s are enough. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill \hfill Right \protected_separator #2 This is somewhat better, though still a kludge. Uses several \family sans HFill \family default s at the beginning of the label. \emph on Editor's Note: This is another one of those things that seemed okay at the time, but now look really clunky. The developers should change it. - jw \emph default \layout Standard Don't worry if you have no idea what \family sans HFill \family default s are yet. Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the \family sans \family default environment. \layout Standard That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists. Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset if you want to use any of these list environments? \layout Subsection Letters \layout Subsubsection \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default : An Overview \layout Standard Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph environments called \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on Matthias \noun default : I'm a bit proud about this right address layout. Try to reach the same typesetting effect with usual word processors. You will have to create a frame and position it manually with the mouse and all those funny things. \end_float To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. In contrast, you can use the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest anything in them. \layout Standard Of course, you're not limited to using \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default for letters only. \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in European academic papers. \layout Subsubsection Usage \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} \end_inset \family sans Address \family default environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. Similarly, the \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: \layout Right Address Right Address \newline WhoAmI \newline WhereAmI \newline When is it? What is today? \layout Standard That was \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's and example of the \family sans Address \family default environment: \layout Address WhoAreYou \newline Where do I send this \newline Your post office and country \layout Standard As you can see, both \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. Speaking of which, if you hit \family sans Return \family default in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to \family sans Standard \family default This makes sense, however, since \family sans Return \family default is the \family typewriter break-paragraph \family default function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. Thus, you'd use \family typewriter break-line \family default \family sans C-Return \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default pecial \protected_separator Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default inebreak \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \family default menu] to start a new line in an \family sans Address \family default \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default environment. \layout Subsection Academic Writing \layout Standard Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Abstract \layout Standard \family sans Abstract \family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. Technically, you \emph on could \emph default use this environment anywhere, but you really \emph on should \emph default only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. Also, don't bother trying to nest \family sans Abstract \family default in anything else or vice versa. It won't work. \layout Standard \family sans Abstract \family default environment does several things for you. First, it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above the text. The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space. Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text. Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. If your document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed version of the file. \layout Standard Starting a new paragraph by hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on \emph default reset the paragraph environment. The new paragraph will still be in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment. So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. \layout Standard We'd love to give you an example of the \family sans Abstract \family default environment, but we can't, since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class. If you've never heard of an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset before, you can safely ignore this environment. \layout Standard One last note: the \family sans Abstract \family default environment is only useful in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset document classes [as well as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset amsart, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which is just a specialized version of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset document class ignores the \family sans Abstract \family default completely, and it's utterly silly to use \family sans Abstract \family default in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset letter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset document class. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Bibliography \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} \end_inset \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is used to list references. Technically, you \emph on could \emph default use this environment anywhere, but you really \emph on should \emph default only use it at the end of the document. Also, don't bother trying to nest \family sans Bibliography \family default in anything else or vice versa. It won't work. \layout Standard When your first open a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset References, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset depending on the document class. The heading is in a large boldface font. Each paragraph of the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is a bibliography entry. Thus, hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on \emph default reset the paragraph environment. Each new paragraph is still in the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \layout Standard At the \emph on beginning \emph default of the \emph on first line \emph default of each paragraph, you will see a grayish box showing a number. If you click on it, you will get a popup in which you can set a \family sans \family default and a \family sans label \family default The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about LaTeX. We could choose the key \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for that entry. You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box. \layout Standard \family sans \family default field isn't useless. You can refer to your bibliography entries using the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation Reference \family default command. Just choose the key inside in the combox \family sans \family default An example of the \family sans Bibliography \family default appears [where else] at the end of this document. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it. In the second one, we used the \family sans remark \family default field of the citation popup to add the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The texts \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label of the bibliography entry. \layout Standard The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by LyX. For a description of how to use it, please refer to the \emph on Extended LyX Features \emph default document. \layout Subsection Special Purpose \layout Standard There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose. We'll point out the highlights and uses of each. \layout Subsubsection \family sans Caption \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} \end_inset \family sans Caption \family default environment is the default paragraph environment for \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default and \family sans Table \protected_separator Floats \family default On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Figure: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Table: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , depending on which type of \family sans Float \family default it's in. Additionally, the \family sans Caption \family default environment generates a figure or table number in the final output. \layout Standard You can't really nest things into a \family sans Caption \family default environment or vice versa. Additionally, hitting \family sans Return \family default resets the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default , so a \family sans Caption \family default can only be a single paragraph. \layout Standard You cannot use a \family sans Caption \family default environment outside of a \family sans Figure \protected_separator Float \family default or a \family sans Table \protected_separator Float \family default See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} \end_inset for more information on \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default and \family sans Table \protected_separator Floats \family default \layout Subsubsection \family sans LyX-Code \layout Standard \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment is another LyX-extension. It typesets text in a typewriter-style font. It also treats the \family sans Space \family default key as a fixed whitespace; \begin_float footnote \layout Standard In the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment, the \family sans Space \family default key is treated as a \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_float this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use \family sans C-Return \family default [the \family typewriter break-line \family default function]. \family sans Return \family default breaks paragraphs. Note, however, that \family sans Return \family default does \emph on \emph default reset the paragraph environment. So, when you finish using the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. Also, you \emph on \emph default nest the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment inside of others. \layout Standard There are a few quirks with this environment: \layout Itemize You cannot use \family sans C-Return \family default at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e. you can't follow \family sans Return \family default with a \family sans C-Return \family default \layout Itemize You can't follow a \family sans C-Return \family default with a \family sans Space \family default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Use a \family sans Return \family default to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a \family sans Space \family default \layout Itemize Or: use \family sans C-Space \family default instead. \end_deeper \layout Itemize You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. You must put at least one \family sans Space \family default in any line you want blank. Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. \layout Itemize You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing \family sans \family default since that will insert \emph on \emph default quotes. You get the typewriter double quotes with \family sans \family default \family sans \family default \layout Standard Here's an example: \layout LyX-Code #include \layout LyX-Code \protected_separator \layout LyX-Code int main(void) \layout LyX-Code \layout LyX-Code \protected_separator \protected_separator printf( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Hello World \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout LyX-Code \protected_separator \protected_separator return 0; \layout LyX-Code \layout Standard This is just the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Hello world! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \layout Standard \family sans LyX-Code \family default has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, rc-files, and so on. Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter. \layout Subsubsection Comment \layout Standard The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your document that will not appear in the final output. In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in a different color than the rest of the text. \layout Subsubsection \family sans LaTeX \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:LaTeXlayout} \end_inset \family sans LaTeX \family default paragraph environment has a specific purpose: to pass large blocks of commands to LaTeX. It has the following features: \layout Itemize Text appears in red, indicating that it is LaTeX code. \layout Itemize You can insert whitespace multiple times using the \family sans Space \family default key [i.e. \family sans Space \family default gets treated as a \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize This does not work, however, after a \family sans C-Return \family default Use \family sans C-Space \family default in that case. \end_deeper \layout Itemize If you wish to break up your LaTeX commands over several lines, use \family sans C-Return \family default to break the lines. \layout Itemize \family sans Return \family default key resets the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default \layout Itemize \emph on \emph default nest a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment in other environments. \layout Standard See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset for more information. \layout Section Nesting Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} \end_inset \layout Subsection The Big Deal \layout Standard Throughout the previous sections, we've been constantly nagging you to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset go read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is. \layout Standard The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word\SpecialChar \- processor-as-overglorified-typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset concept. With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page. Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the screen and bytes in memory. In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific properties. However, what if you wanted one \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset block \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to inherit some of the properties of another \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset block? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard Here's a more specific example: outlines. You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. In other words, you have a list \emph on inside \emph default of another list, with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset attached \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to item #2: \layout Enumerate \layout Enumerate \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate sublist - item #1 \layout Enumerate sublist - item #2 \end_deeper \layout Enumerate three \layout Standard How do you put a list inside of a list? \layout Standard By now, the answer should be obvious: you nest one list inside the other. However, nesting isn't just limited to lists. In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. \layout Subsection What You Can and Can't Nest \layout Standard Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. \layout Standard The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no, can you or can't you. There's also the question of how. Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another environment into it? A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to one of these doesn't guarantee a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to the other. \layout Standard The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes to nesting. First, an environment may be completely unnestable. Second, there are environments that are fully nestable. You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside of them. There is one last type of environment. You can nest them into other environments, but that's it. You can't nest anything into them. \layout Standard Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph environments have them: \begin_float footnote \layout Standard For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both \family sans Bibliography \family default and \family sans Abstract \family default Also, LyX allows you to nest \family sans Title \family default \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans \family default into other environments. We urge you not to. LaTeX may barf if you try it. Then again, it may not. We don't know for certain. However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these environments, so why would you ever want to? \end_float \layout Description Unnestable Can't nest them. Can't nest into them. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \layout Itemize \family sans Section \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \family default \layout Itemize \family sans Subparagraph \layout Itemize \family sans Section* \layout Itemize \family sans Subsection* \layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection* \layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \layout Itemize \family sans Title \layout Itemize \family sans Author \layout Itemize \family sans \end_deeper \layout Description Fully \protected_separator Nestable You can nest them. You can nest other things into them. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans Verse \layout Itemize \family sans Quote \layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \layout Itemize \family sans Description \layout Itemize \family sans \layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_deeper \layout Description Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things. You can't nest anything into them. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans Standard \layout Itemize \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \layout Itemize \family sans Address \layout Itemize \family sans LaTeX \end_deeper \layout Standard \family sans Caption \family default environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of \family sans Table \protected_separator Floats \family default and \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default \layout Subsection Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} \end_inset There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: \layout Itemize Equations \layout Itemize Tables \layout Itemize Figures \layout Standard [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a \family sans Float \family default , this is no longer true. See below or look in sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} \end_inset for more info.] \layout Standard LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures. If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's in goes. \layout Standard On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of its own, it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nestable-inside \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph environment. You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything into it. \layout Standard Here's an example with a table: \layout Enumerate Item One \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \begin_deeper \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \end_deeper \layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside (a). \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Back out again. \layout Standard If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: \layout Enumerate Item One \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_deeper \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is \emph on \emph default nested inside (a). In fact, it's not nested at all. \layout Enumerate Back out again. \layout Standard Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first item of a new list! \layout Standard There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going deep enough. LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list. \layout Enumerate Item One \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside Item One, but \emph on \emph default inside (a). \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Back out again. \layout Standard As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a new list \emph on inside \emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right depth! \layout Standard Then there are the so-called \family sans Floats \family default \family sans Float \family default is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes \family default and \family sans Margin \protected_separator Notes \family default are floats, as are \family sans Table \protected_separator Floats \family default \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default \family sans \protected_separator Table \protected_separator Floats \family default , and \family sans \protected_separator Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default \begin_float footnote \layout Standard The difference between the wide and non-wide floats is only relevant in two-column documents, where wide floats are two columns wide instead of one. In one-column documents, the menu entries for \family sans \protected_separator Table \protected_separator Floats \family default , and \family sans \protected_separator Figure \protected_separator Floats are unavailable. \end_float When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed \family sans Float \family default looks like a superscripted word in red and goes wherever the paragraph it's in goes. However, because a \family sans Float \family default has not fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual location after you feed your document to LaTeX. \layout Subsection Usage and General Features \layout Subsubsection The Various Bindings \layout Standard Now that we've told you what you can and can't nest, it's about time we explained \emph on \emph default to nest things! \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \emph on Author's Note: I debated putting this section before the previous two, but all three are so tied together, that it was hard to figure out the order. \end_float \layout Standard First, you have your choice of keybindings, a toolbar button, and a menu item. Selecting \family sans Change \protected_separator \bar under \bar default ironment \protected_separator Depth \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu \emph on increases \emph default the nesting depth by one level. You can also increase the depth by using the toolbar button showing a picture of a page, with two arrows on either side of an indented paragraph. Lastly, you can \emph on increase \emph default the nesting depth with the keybinding \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default , while \family sans \protected_separator \family default \emph on decreases \emph default the nesting depth. \layout Standard There are two ways to nest text. You can select the text to nest, or you can simply move the cursor into the paragraph whose depth you want to change. The first method lets you alter several paragraphs at once. \layout Standard Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case. That depends specifically on what your text looks like. Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see what happens. \layout Standard Lastly, we'd like to note the following: \layout Itemize If you \emph on decrease \emph default the depth multiple times [e.g. using \family sans \protected_separator \family default repeatedly] LyX stops at the outermost level. \layout Itemize If you \emph on increase \emph default the depth multiple times [e.g. using \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default repeatedly] LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset wraps around. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset That is, when you reach the innermost level, LyX doesn't stop there, but returns to the outermost level if you try to increase the depth once more. \layout Standard Note that the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset innermost level \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset does not mean the innermost possible depth. You can't nest to an arbitrary level; there has to be something in the level above it. \layout Standard Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a sixfold nesting. In other words, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset level #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is the innermost possible depth. Here's an example to display what we mean: \layout Enumerate level #1 - outermost \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate level #2 \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate level #3 \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate level #4 \begin_deeper \layout Itemize level #5 \begin_deeper \layout Itemize level #6 \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Standard Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific paragraph environments you're using at a given level. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go to produce output for your document. \end_float That means that you can perform a sixfold nesting of a \family sans Description \family default list, or a \family sans Verse \family default environment, and so on. You can also mix environments, as we shall see later. \layout Standard There are two exceptions to the sixfold nesting limit, and you can see both of them in the example. Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a fourfold nesting with the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. For example, if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default list inside of item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , we'd get errors. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go to produce output for your document. \end_float \layout Subsection Some Examples \layout Standard The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce them. \layout Subsubsection Example #1: The Sixfold-Way and Mixed Nesting \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #1-a This is the outermost level. It's a \family sans \family default environment. \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #2-a This is level #2. We created it by using \family sans M-Return \family default followed by \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a This is level #3. This time, we just hit \family sans Return \family default , then used \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default twice in a row. We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, by hitting \family sans M-Return \family default followed by \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default \begin_deeper \layout Standard This is actually a \family sans Standard \family default environment, nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset So, it's at level #4. We did this by hitting \family sans M-Return \family default , then \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default , then changing the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works for the \family sans Description \family default \family sans Enumerate \family default , and \family sans Itemize \family default environments! \layout Standard Here's another \family sans Standard \family default paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a \family sans M-Return \family default \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #4-a This is level #4. We hit \family sans M-Return \family default and changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans \family default Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a \family sans Standard \family default environment, which is why we're still at level #4. However, we \emph on \emph default keep nesting things inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} and this is level #6. By now, you should know how we made these two. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #5-b Back to level #5. Just hit \family sans M-Return \family default followed by a \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #4-b After another \family sans M-Return \family default followed by a \family sans \protected_separator \family default , we're back at level #4. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #3-b Back to level #3. By now it should be obvious how we did this. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Back to level #2. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. After this sentence, we'll hit \family sans Return \family default and change the paragraph environment back to \family sans Standard \family default to end the list. \layout Standard There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the \family sans Description \family default \family sans Quote \family default \family sans Quotation \family default , or even the \family sans Verse \family default environment in place of the \family sans \family default environment. The example would have worked exactly the same. \layout Subsubsection Example #2: Inheritance \layout LyX-Code This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost \layout LyX-Code level. \protected_separator Now we'll hit \family sans Return \family default , then \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default , after which, \layout LyX-Code we'll change to the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate This is the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, at level #2. \layout Enumerate Notice how the nested \family sans Enumerate \family default not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [ \family sans LyX-Code \family default ], but also inherits its font and spacing! \end_deeper \layout Standard We ended this example by hitting \family sans Return \family default After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default and resetting the nesting depth by using \family sans \protected_separator \family default once. \layout Subsubsection Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default Environments. \layout Enumerate This is level #1, in an \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment. We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate This is level #2. We used \family sans M-Return \family default followed by \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default Now, what happens if we nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its label be? An asterisk? \begin_deeper \layout Itemize No! It's a bullet. This is the \emph on first \emph default \family sans Itemize \family default environment, even though it's at level #3. So, its label is a bullet. [Note: we got here by using \family sans M-Return \family default , then \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default , then changing the environment to \family sans Itemize \family default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Here's level #4, produced using \family sans M-Return \family default , then \family sans \protected_separator Right \family default We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} to get to level #5. This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans Enumerate \family default Notice the type of numbering! It's \emph on lowercase Roman \emph default , because we're the \emph on thirdfold \emph default \family sans Enumerate \family default environment [i.e. we're an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default \layout Enumerate What happens if we \emph on don't \emph default change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What type of numbering does LyX use? \layout Enumerate Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using \family sans M-Return \family default to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. \layout Enumerate Let's use \family sans \protected_separator \family default to decrease the depth after the next \family sans M-Return \family default \end_deeper \layout Enumerate This is level #4. Look what type of label LyX is using! \end_deeper \layout Enumerate This is level #3. Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label. Why?! \layout Enumerate Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is \emph on still \emph default a thirdfold \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. Notice, however, that LyX \emph on \emph default reset the counter for the label. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Another \family sans M-Return \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default sequence, and we're back to level #2. This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back into the twofold-nested \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate The same thing happens if we do another \family sans M-Return \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. \layout Standard Lastly, we reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling LyX uses for the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. The number of \emph on other \family sans Enumerate \family default environments \emph default surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an \family sans Enumerate \family default item. The same rule applies for the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, as well. \layout Subsubsection Example #4: Going Bonkers \layout Enumerate We're going to go totally nuts now. We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. [level #1: \family sans Enumerate \family default \begin_deeper \layout Standard \family sans Return, M-p \protected_separator Left, Standard \family default : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in brackets someplace. For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment. Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1] This is the next item in the list. \begin_deeper \layout Verse Now we'll add verse. \newline It will get much worse. \newline \family sans Return, M-p \protected_separator Left, Verse \family default : level #2] \layout Verse Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. \newline Bippitey boppitey boo! \newline \family sans M-Return \family default \layout Verse Here comes a table for you: \begin_deeper \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 2 2 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 8 0 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" one-fish \newline two-fish \newline red-fish \newline blue-fish \end_deeper \layout Verse \family sans M-Return, Table, M-p \protected_separator Right \family default 3 times, \family sans M-Return, Verse, M-p \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1] This is another item. Note that selecting a \family sans Table \family default resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the \family sans Verse \family default environment. \layout Quotation We're now ending the \family sans Enumerate \family default list and changing to \family sans Quotation \family default We're still at level #1. We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. The next set of paragraphs is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset quoted letter. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset We'll nest both the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default environments inside of this one, then use another nested \family sans Quotation \family default for the letter body. We'll use \family sans M-Return \family default to preserve the depth. Remember that you need to use \family sans C-Return \family default to create multiple lines inside the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \protected_separator Address \family default environments. Here it goes: \begin_deeper \layout Right Address 1234 Nowhere Rd. \newline Moosegroin, MT 00100 \newline 9-6-96 \layout Address Dear Mr. \protected_separator Fizlewitz: \layout Quotation We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating a backlog in our orders for methane. We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. \layout Quotation We do, however, now have a special on beef. If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, along with payment. \layout Quotation We thank you again for your patience. \layout Address Sincerely, \newline =-=-=-=-= \end_deeper \layout Quotation That ends that example! \layout Standard As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an \family sans Itemize \family default list inside of a \family sans Quotation \family default \family sans Quote \family default , or put a \family sans Quote \family default inside of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. \layout Section Fonts and Text Styles \layout Subsection Overview \layout Standard Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font to emphasize text, you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting details. \layout Standard Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two character styles, \family sans Emphasized \family default and \family sans \family default The \family sans Emphasized \family default style corresponds to an italics font. The \family sans \family default style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing styles use to typeset proper names. The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles, and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to what styles. At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done already. \layout Subsection Global Options \layout Standard You can set the default font from the \family sans Document Layout \family default popup, activated using \family sans Document... \family default from the \family sans Layout \family default menu. There are two options of interest here, \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default and \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default The possible options under \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default include \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans default \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and a list of fonts available on your system. The option \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans default \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset uses the standard TeX fonts, known as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (cm) or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (ec). Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica font, with other variants. You'll have to examine this for yourself. \layout Standard As for the \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default option, there are three possible values: \family sans \family default \family sans \family default , and \family sans \family default Remember, this is the \emph on \emph default font size. LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes [such as those used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts] by this value. You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you need to. It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size, as this typically renders your document unreadable. \layout Standard Note that once you choose a new value for \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default , LyX does \emph on \emph default change the screen. You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output. This is part of the WYSIWYM concept. Besides, if you're intelligent enough to use a computer, you're intelligent enough to recognize that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset text on the LyX screen corresponds to the default font. \layout Subsection Using Different Character Styles \layout Standard As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for certain paragraph environments. We also mentioned two other character styles, \family sans Emphasized \family default and \family sans \family default You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the toolbar. \layout Standard To activate the \family sans \family default style, do one of the following: \layout Itemize select \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Style \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu \layout Itemize click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon \layout Itemize use the keybinding \family sans \protected_separator \layout Standard These commands are all toggles. That is, if \family sans \family default style is already active, they deactivate it. \layout Standard One typically uses the \family sans \family default style for proper names. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default is the original author of LyX. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard A more widely used character style is the \family sans Emphasized \family default style. You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the \family sans Emphasized \family default style by: \layout Itemize selecting \family sans \bar under \bar default mphasize \protected_separator Style \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu \layout Itemize clicking on the toolbar button with the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character on it \layout Itemize using the keybindings \family sans \protected_separator \layout Standard At the moment, the \family sans Emphasized \family default style is equivalent to an italicized font. We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future. \layout Standard We've been using the \family sans Emphasized \family default style all over the place in this document. Here's one more example: \layout Quotation \emph on Don't overuse character styles! \layout Standard It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse character style. \layout Standard Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding \family sans \protected_separator Space \family default \layout Subsection Fine-Tuning with the \family sans Character Layout \family default Popup \layout Standard There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX gives you a way to create custom character style. For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since manuals need a certain amount of consistency. \end_float Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialogue. \layout Standard Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles. Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them, providing you with the power of a printing press. Unfortunately, there is this tendency to overuse that power. The phrase, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset comes to mind. And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in it. \layout Standard Enough complaining. \layout Standard To use custom fonts, open the \family sans Character \protected_separator Layout \family default popup using \family sans \bar under \bar default haracter... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu. There are six buttons on this popup, each corresponding to a different font property which you can choose. You can choose an option for one of these six properties, or select \family sans \protected_separator change \family default , which keeps the current state of that property. The item \family sans Reset \family default will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph environment. You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments in a snap. \layout Standard The six font properties, and their options [in addition to \family sans \protected_separator change \family default and \family sans Reset \family default ] are: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default amily \family default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset overall look \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the font. The possible options are: \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Roman \family default This is the Roman font family. \begin_deeper \layout Standard It's also the default family. [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \protected_separator Serif \family default \family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Typewriter \family default \family typewriter This is the Typewriter font family. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default eries \family default This corresponds to the print weight. Options are: \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Medium \family default This is the Medium font series. \begin_deeper \layout Standard It's also the default series. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \family default \series bold This is the Bold font series. \begin_deeper \layout Standard You can toggle this series on or off using \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Style \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu, or with the keybinding \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default As the name implies. Options are: \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Upright \family default This is the Upright font shape. \begin_deeper \layout Standard It's also the default shape. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Italic \family default \shape italic This \family sans \family default s the Italic font shape \shape default \emph on \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Slanted \family default \shape slanted This is the Slanted font shape \family sans \family default \shape default (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic). \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Small \protected_separator \family default \shape smallcaps This is the Small caps font shape \shape default \noun on \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default Alters the size of the font. You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio nal to the default font size. Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of what you want to do. \begin_deeper \layout Standard The options [and their keybindings] are: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \family default \size tiny This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Smallest \family default \size scriptsize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Smaller \family default \size footnotesize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Small \family default \size small This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Normal \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard It's also the default size. [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Large \family default \size large This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Larger \family default \size larger This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Largest \family default \size largest This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \family default \size huge This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Huger \family default \size giant This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout Standard We'll warn you \emph on yet again \emph default : don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments - use that instead. This is here for fine-tuning \emph on only! \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default Here you can change a few other things at the character level. Options are: \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \family default \emph on This is text with emphasize on \emph default \begin_deeper \layout Standard This might seem like the same as \shape italic Italic \shape default , but it is actually a bit different. If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright. In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior of this \emph on logical \emph default property. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans Underbar \family default \bar under This is text with Underbar on. \begin_deeper \layout Standard [keybinding = \family sans \protected_separator \family default \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans \family default \noun on This is text with Noun on. \begin_deeper \layout Standard Like \family sans \family default , this is a logical attribute. For the moment, it is equivalent to \family sans Small \protected_separator \family default , but that is bound to change some day. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM \family sans LaTeX \protected_separator mode \family default \bar under \latex latex This is text in \backslash LaTeX mode. \begin_deeper \layout Standard This is a special font attribute that is used when you want to insert raw LaTeX codes in your document. What appears in LaTeX mode is put verbatim into the LaTeX file. \end_deeper \layout Standard Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days, when you couldn't change fonts. We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with an underscore character. It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some people \emph on \emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Color \family default You can adjust the color of the text with this control. Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also need to have the \family sans color \family default LaTeX package installed. Notice that \family typewriter \family default is not able to display these colors. Besides \family sans \protected_separator color \family default , which \family sans \family default is the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset color \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you can choose between \family sans Black \family default \family sans White \family default \family sans \family default \family sans Green \family default \family sans \family default \family sans \family default \family sans Magenta \family default and \family sans Yellow \family default text. We won't illustrate here, because most people do not have a color printer. \layout Standard You have a huge number of combinations to choose from. \layout Standard Once you've chosen a new character style via the \family sans Character \protected_separator Layout \family default popup, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [You can, of course, also use the usual \family sans \family default and \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default buttons.] The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even when the \family sans Character \protected_separator Layout \family default popup isn't visible. \layout Standard As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default, use \family sans \protected_separator Space \family default \layout Standard We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the fonts. They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good writing. Your writing should speak for itself --- and will. \layout Section Printing and Previewing \layout Subsection Overview \layout Standard Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover some of this information in sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxandlatex} \end_inset as well. \layout Standard LyX uses a program called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as its backend. [Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in a couple of stages: \layout Enumerate First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, generating a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Enumerate Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the \family typewriter \family default file to produce printable output. It doesn't know anything about your printer, however. Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a \emph on device-independent \emph default file, or Dvi for short. The actual output is in a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Dvi files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. \begin_deeper \layout Description NOTE: The dvi-file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself. If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only be a link to these files. So don't forget these files if you move your \family typewriter \family default file to another computer. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Consider the \family typewriter \family default file to be the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset final output. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats. \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate You can view \family typewriter \family default files using a program called \family typewriter \family default \layout Enumerate Some printers and Unix systems understand Dvi, and can print your \family typewriter \family default file directly. \layout Enumerate Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format. LyX automatically converts the \family typewriter \family default file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document. LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using the program \family typewriter ghostview \family default \begin_deeper \layout Standard One advantage of using PostScript is that the converter program [called \family typewriter dvips \family default ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document. It also includes any special fonts you may have used. That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the Dvi version. \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Standard LyX does all of these steps automagically for you. \layout Standard As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a preview of your document. So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word processors. The printed result is worth the wait. Quality always has its price. \layout Subsection Quick Viewing with \family typewriter \layout Standard To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. Then wait a while. \layout Standard When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program \family typewriter \family default You can now look at the results. [If you want more info on the \family typewriter \family default program, see the \family typewriter \family default -pages.] \layout Description Helpful-Tip: Keep the \family typewriter \family default window open, maybe moving it to another desktop. Then, after you make changes to your document, just use \family sans \bar under \bar default pdate \protected_separator \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. Now click on the \family typewriter \family default window. The \family typewriter \family default program will automatically reread the \family typewriter \family default file and give you an updated view. \layout Subsection Viewing the PostScript Version with \family typewriter ghostview \layout Standard In general, using \family typewriter \family default to view your document is the easiest and fastest way. There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version. One reason is fonts. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : Another reason is paranoia. I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_float You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but \family typewriter \family default won't show this. You'll need to use \family typewriter ghostview \family default or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results. \layout Standard To view the PostScript version of your document, select \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator PostScript \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. Then go get some coffee. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on Matthias Zenker: \noun default A reasonably fast machine will not give you the time, however\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_float When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program \family typewriter ghostview \family default You can now look at the results. \layout Standard You've guessed what the \family sans Updat \bar under \bar default PostScript \family default command from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the \family typewriter ghostview \family default window after this command to update the view. \layout Subsection Printing the File \layout Standard To print a file, select \family sans \bar under \bar default rint... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it. This opens the \family sans Print \family default popup. \layout Standard Here's a list of what all of the different options do: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM \family sans Print \family default Three toggle buttons that determine which pages to print. You can choose: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Pages \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Pages \layout Standard You can use these to print on both sides of a page even if your printer only prints single-sided. Just print the odd-numbered pages first, then turn the paper over and print the even-numbered pages. \end_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM \family sans Order \family default Two toggle buttons that determine what order to print in. Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. By choosing a particular order, you can take the entire stack of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM \family sans Print \protected_separator \family default Two toggle buttons tied to text boxes. You can print to either a file or a printer: \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default rinter \family default This is the name of the printer to print to. \begin_float footnote \end_deeper \layout Standard Note that this printer name isn't for the \family typewriter \family default command but for \family typewriter dvips \family default That means \family typewriter dvips \family default has to be configured for this printer name. See the section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig} \end_inset or the \family typewriter dvips \family default documentation for details. The default printer can also be set in \family typewriter lyxrc \family default \end_float The printer should understand PostScript files. \begin_deeper \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default The name of a file to print to. The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \- Script format. \begin_deeper \layout Standard Be careful with this option, though. LyX currently uses a temporary directory to hold all of the different files that it generates. Unless you've disabled this feature, you need to specify the full path name for the output file. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter /home/me/docs/myfile.ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset If you don't specify the full path name, LyX writes the file to the temporary directory. \begin_float footnote \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Standard \emph on Is this still true? -Asger \end_float \layout Standard Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX, \family typewriter dvips \family default and, if you don't have a PostScript printer, \family typewriter ghostscript \family default have to process your document. \layout Section A Few Words about Typography \layout Subsection Hyphens and Hyphenation \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} \end_inset In LyX, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset character comes in three lengths, often called the \emph on hyphen \emph default , the \emph on en dash \emph default , and the \emph on em dash \emph default \layout Enumerate hyphen \hfill \hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \layout Enumerate en dash \hfill \hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \latex latex \backslash \latex default \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \layout Enumerate em dash \hfill \hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \latex latex \backslash \latex default \latex latex \backslash \latex default \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \layout Enumerate minus sign \hfill \begin_inset Formula \( - \) \end_inset \hfill \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset in math mode \layout Standard You generate these by using the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset character multiple times in a row. LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final output. \layout Standard The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset in use: \layout Enumerate line- and page-breaks \hfill \emph on hyphen \emph default \layout Enumerate From A--Z \hfill \emph on en dash \emph default \layout Enumerate Oh --- there's a dash. \hfill \emph on em dash \emph default \layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula \( x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2} \) \end_inset \hfill \emph on minus sign \emph default \layout Standard Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though there is one in the printed version. \layout Standard One last note about hyphenation --- LyX automagically breaks up words and inserts hyphens in English text. [Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words \emph on \emph default other languages.] The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output. \layout Standard If, for some reason, LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu item \family sans Hyphenation \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default under \family sans \bar under \bar default pecial \protected_separator Characters \family default in the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \family default menu. Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them. \layout Subsection Punctuation Marks \layout Subsubsection Abbreviations and End of Sentence \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} \end_inset When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appropriate amount of space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. \layout Standard Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. \layout Standard Here are some examples of \emph on correct \emph default abbreviations and the end of a sentence: \layout Itemize Butterfly \layout Itemize Don't worry. Be happy. \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: \layout Itemize this is too much space! \layout Itemize This is I. It's okay. \layout Standard You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. \layout Standard To fix this problem, use one of the following: \layout Enumerate Use a \family sans Protected \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} \end_inset \layout Enumerate Use an \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator sentence \protected_separator period \family default found under the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special \protected_separator Character \family default menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. This function is also bound to \family sans C-period \family default for easy access. \layout Standard With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: \layout Itemize \protected_separator \protected_separator this is too much space! \layout Itemize This is I \latex latex \SpecialChar \@. \latex default It's okay. \layout Standard Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all of this. For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: check out the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Check \protected_separator \family default feature described in \emph on Extended Editing \emph default \layout Subsubsection Quotes \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} \end_inset LyX usually sets quotes correctly. Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, and use a closing quote at the end. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset open close \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The keyboard character, \family sans \family default , generates this automatically. \layout Standard You can change the behavior of the \family sans \family default key using the \family sans Quotes \family default popup. Choose \family sans \bar under \bar default uotes... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu. Selecting the \family sans \bar under \bar default ouble \family default button makes the \family sans \family default key produce the sequence: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The \family sans \bar under \bar default ingle \family default button, in contrast, makes the \family sans \family default key produce: \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset \layout Standard You can also select quotes for different languages via the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default option. There are five choices: \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like this \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset single \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset \layout Standard Again, this affects what character the \family sans \family default key produces. \layout Standard On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type \family sans \family default This produces: \family typewriter \family default \layout Subsection Ligatures \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} \end_inset It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as \emph on ligatures \emph default Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them, too. Here are the possible ligatures: \layout Itemize \layout Itemize \layout Itemize \layout Itemize \layout Itemize \layout Standard Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word. While a ligature may be okay in the word, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it looks really weird in compound words, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset To break a ligature, use the LaTeX command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset between the letters. [Use \family sans \protected_separator \family default or the toolbar button labelled TeX to mark text as LaTeX commands. See sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset .] This changes \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \latex latex \backslash \latex default links \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \latex latex \backslash \latex default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Subsection Widows and Orphans \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} \end_inset In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These dangly-bits of text became known as \emph on widows \emph default and \emph on orphans \emph default \layout Standard Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to specifically prevent widows and orphans. This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. \layout Standard There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior. Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} \end_inset \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} \end_inset ] may have more information. You will almost never need to worry about this, however. \layout Chapter Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes \layout Section Footnotes \layout Standard Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset foldable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset floats instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or somewhere else in your text. When you insert a footnote via, what else, \family sans \series medium \bar under \bar no nsert \series default \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \series medium \bar no ootnote, \family roman you'll first see a red box with a label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearing within your text. This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. You can enter your text into this box. If you click the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset --label, the box will \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset You can access it at a later time by clicking on the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset written as a superscript in red in the text, thereby \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unfolding \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the footnote. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard To close this footnote, click on the red box on the left side. \end_float You will not see any numbers within LyX. You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file. If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing to stuff in the bottom margin). \layout Standard What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the footnote--numbering back to 1 after each section in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter article \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family roman document class or changing the counter--style. You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th \family default \family roman \family default described in the \emph on Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars \emph default section of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Extended Editing \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Description NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word processors. It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats. That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and tables. You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's a neat feature. \newline If you're intending to use the spellchecker, remember that floats \emph on must be open \emph default to be checked. In order to open or close \emph on \emph default footnotes (and margin notes), choose \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Footnotes/Margin \protected_separator Notes \family default \layout Section Margin Notes \layout Standard Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. When you insert a margin note via \family sans \series medium \bar under \bar no nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar no argin \series default \bar default \protected_separator \series medium \bar no \family default \series default \bar default or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with an arrow pointing to it), you'll see \family roman \series medium a red box with a label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearing within your text. \begin_float margin \layout Standard This is a margin note. \end_float This box is LyX's representation of your margin note. You can enter your text into this box. If you click the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset --label, the box will \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , making an exclamation mark appear beside the line in which you inserted the margin note. You can access it at a later time by clicking on \family roman the word \family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family roman written as a superscript in red in the text, thereby \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unfolding \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the margin note. \layout Standard As a default, LyX uses 1,9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room for margin notes. This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot yet do everything LaTeX has to offer. You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands. \layout Section Figures and Imported Graphics \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} \end_inset No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import graphics from other utilities into the document. In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image. Encapsulated PostScript figures are handled very well by LyX, which uses \family typewriter ghostview \family default to generate an on-screen image for the LyX window, and the \family typewriter \backslash epsfig \family default LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document. \layout Standard Note that figures referred to here are uncaptioned and sit wherever in the document you place them. If you need one of these features, see sec. \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} \end_inset below. \layout Standard Placing a figure in your document is done in two stages; first you tell LyX that you want a figure, then you open the blank figure and tell LyX the details about your figure. To place the figure, you click on the second right-most icon on the toolbar, or select \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ure... \family default from the menu. \layout Standard You will be presented with a popup which contains two options: \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \bar under \bar default ncapsulated \protected_separator Postscript \family default : This is for inserting normal PostScript figures. The figures will sit between lines on their own, such as here: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \begin_inset Figure size 367 158 file mobius.eps flags 5 \end_inset \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \bar under \bar default nlined \protected_separator \family default : This is for PostScript figures as well, but these figures behave differently; they are inserted in the text stream like \begin_inset Figure size 72 14 file mobius.eps width 2 1 height 2 0.2 flags 5 \end_inset this tiny fellow. \layout Standard This popup used to have another option to insert a \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator \family default figure. This option is not present anymore, since you can directly insert any LaTeX file with the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Include \protected_separator \family default command. \layout Standard The second stage of manipulating a figure is done by clicking the left mouse button on the figure. A dialog box will appear, which allows you to enter the filename and various other parameters. The changes you make will not be applied to the figure until you hit \family sans \bar under \bar default pply. \layout Standard This dialog has numerous parameters, so I'll step though each one in order. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \family default : This is the filename, and is fairly self-explanatory. The \family sans \bar under \bar default rowse... \family default button lets you wander through the file hierarchy in a graphical manner and select a file with your mouse. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Width \family default : This section lets you manipulate the width of the image. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Default \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset indicates that the image size will be whatever the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset says it should be. However, you can alter the size by checking one of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans inches \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator Column \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ' and entering a number in the box to the right of those checkboxes. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Height \family default : This is similar to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Width \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above. Note that if only \emph on \emph default of either the width or the height is specified and the other is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Default \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset then the ratio of width to height is will be kept the same as the original image. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Display \family default : You can tweak the way the figure is displayed in LyX (this does not effect how the image will appear in the printed document, only on your screen). You may find that selecting \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator display \protected_separator \protected_separator figure \family default will speed up the performance of LyX. LyX will just put an empty box in the document. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Options \family default : This box contains two options which didn't fit anywhere else. \family sans Display \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default places a frame around the figure in the LyX window (but has no effect in the final document). The \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default ranslations \family default checkbox does something wonderful, I am sure. I have no idea what it is though \emph on [Help me out here - what's it do? - PR; Ed\SpecialChar \@. Note-I'm not sure myself -jpw] \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \protected_separator Screen \protected_separator Preview \family default : This option simply calls up ghostview to view the PostScript figure in a window by itself. This can be useful for checking the figure outside of LyX. \layout Subsection Figure Floats \layout Subsubsection Using Figure Floats \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} \end_inset The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward. To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find it preferable to use \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Floats \family default , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it deems necessary for a good fit. In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to place a caption on them, using the \family sans Caption \family default environment explained in sec. \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout} \end_inset \layout Standard To place a \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default simply select \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default from the menu bar. You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described above to insert the actual figure. In two-column documents, you can select \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default to get a float that spans the width of the page. \begin_float fig \layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} \end_inset Escher on acid. \layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Figure size 198 203 file escher-lsd.eps flags 6 \end_inset \end_float \begin_float fig \layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Figure size 434 332 file platypus.eps flags 6 \end_inset \layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} \end_inset A severely distorted platypus in a float. \end_float \layout Standard It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the caption. If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then insert the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default when the cursor is at the very start of the caption (or you can delete the caption and recreate it by selecting the \family sans Caption \family default environment after the figure has been inserted). This is what we did for figure \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat} \end_inset If the cursor is at the end of the caption when you insert the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher} \end_inset It is always best to use one \family sans Figure \family default per \family sans Float \family default This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure. \layout Standard This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference to it; as you would expect from reading section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} \end_inset you can simply insert a \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default in the caption and refer to it using a \family sans \bar under \bar default ross-Reference \family default as normal. It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than using vague references to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset the above figure, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at all. If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page by themselves. Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice. \layout Standard There are two more features of the \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default and \family sans \protected_separator Figure \protected_separator Float \family default ; the figure is automatically included in a \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default igures \family default (as described in sec. \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf} \end_inset ) should you choose to include one in your document. The second feature is that (like all floats) it can be closed or opened, which lets you concentrate on your text and hide the figures. \layout Subsubsection Float Placement \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} \end_inset Now, the whole idea behind \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default [as well as \family sans Table \protected_separator Floats \family default , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table] on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion. This feature would be useless if you couldn't control that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sensible fashion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in some way. LyX has four different locations where it will try to put a figure: \layout Description Here: LyX tries to put the \family sans Float \family default at the same point in the text where you put it. \begin_deeper \layout Standard If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types. \end_deeper \layout Description Top: LyX tries to put the \family sans Float \family default at the top of the current page. If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page. \layout Description Bottom: LyX tries to put the \family sans Float \family default at the bottom of the current page. If there isn't room, it goes to the next page. \layout Description Page: LyX tries to put the \family sans Float \family default on a page of its own. \layout Standard You can specify this using the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup [opened using \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ocument \family default There is a box called \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Placement \family default which controls the global location of \family sans Float \family default s (you currently cannot control the location on a per float basis). \layout Standard Now, there is some subtlety to how this all works. You can place any combination of four letters in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Placement \family default box, in any order: \layout Itemize \family sans \family default for \emph on \layout Itemize \family sans \family default for \emph on \layout Itemize \family sans \family default for \emph on bottom \layout Itemize \family sans \family default for \emph on \layout Standard The order specifies what location LyX should try first. If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will always take precedence if it appears in the list. The default placement list is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then on a page by itself. If you want LyX to try \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset really hard \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation point; for example \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans !htbp \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Here are some example entries and what they do: \layout Enumerate \family sans \begin_deeper \layout Standard Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text. If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page. If that fails, put it on a separate page. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans \begin_deeper \layout Standard Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text. Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page \SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans \begin_deeper \layout Standard Put the figure/table at the top of each page. If it's too long, put it on a separate page. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans \begin_deeper \layout Standard Always put figures and tables on their own page. \end_deeper \layout Standard One last note: \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Placement \family default controls the position of \emph on \emph default figure and table floats. \layout Subsection \family typewriter \family default and LyX \layout Standard One obvious question is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset how would I create the figures? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions. \family typewriter \family default is a powerful and highly recommended drawing tool. If you want to include figures that you have created with \family typewriter \family default there are several ways. We recommend the following: \layout Enumerate Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous sections. The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript available. That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more. If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@. The figure can be manipulated like any other EPS figure, as described above. \newline The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text except by hand. If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure, the next way is recommended. \layout Enumerate Export the figure as LaTeX. This is just as easy include into LyX, with the advantage that you may use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig. Therefore you have to set the \emph on special flag \emph default for text in XFig. This is automatically if you invoke XFig with \family typewriter \protected_separator -specialtext \family default If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family typewriter XFig\SpecialChar \@. \family default If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \family default (see description in \emph on Extended Features \emph default ) this text will appear as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't as strong as PostScript \SpecialChar \@. You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more annoyingly, not all slopes. This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined. Then \family typewriter \family default \family typewriter transfig \family default , really] will generate two files: \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate the PostScript part \family typewriter foo.ps_tex \family default , that contains all painting. \layout Enumerate the LaTeX part \family typewriter foo.ps_tex_t \family default , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part. \end_deeper \layout Standard Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above. \emph on \latex latex \emph default \latex default This will automatically include the PostScript part, too. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard If you get an error like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown graphics extension ps_tex \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset you have to declare this graphic extensions. I think this is a transfig bug that occurs with LaTeX2e. Simply add a line like \layout Standard \backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} \layout Standard in the file \family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def \family default Then add \family typewriter ps_tex \family default to the extension: \layout Standard \backslash \backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, ps_tex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} \layout Standard This should fix the whole thing. Alternatively you may export the postscript part as \family typewriter foo.eps \family default and change the LaTeX part \family typewriter foo.ps_tex_t \family default manually. But this is annoying. \end_float This way you have the full PostScript and LaTeX power combined except for the possibility to scale the figure after creating. So if you want scalable pictures the PostScript format is your only choice. Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little nicer. \layout Section Tables \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} \end_inset LyX now has the capability of creating and editing WYSIWYM tables. LaTeX can do many more things with tables than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX book if the table feature described here should turn out to be inadequate to fill your needs. \layout Standard You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \protected_separator Table \family default A popup will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the lowest row, forming a box around the table. Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes this row to appear separated from the rest of the table. Here's an example: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 4 4 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 1 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline multi \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Subsection The Table \protected_separator Layout pop-up \layout Standard You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which pops up a window of options. Among these options are: \layout Itemize Adding/removing border lines from a row or column. If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout. If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below, then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top row in the example above. You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and the left line of the column to the right. \layout Itemize Text alignment in a column \layout Itemize Appending rows and columns \layout Itemize Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table \layout Itemize Multicolumn \layout Itemize Setting a fixed width for a column \layout Itemize Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper. Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the next one \layout Itemize Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees \layout Standard You can also use the menu to perform these options. Try \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \family default when the cursor is inside a table. \layout Standard Most of these options also work on selections. This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows (you always have to select cells, but it depends on the action, how these selected cells are interpreted) the action is done on all of your selection. \layout Standard When you append a row, it is added \emph on below \emph default the row containing the cursor. Similarly, columns are appended to the \emph on right \emph default of the cursor. This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without a lot of cutting and pasting. Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor. \layout Standard Multicolumn merges two adjacent cells on a given row. For example, in the above table, row \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose \family sans Multicolumn \family default from the menu. \layout Standard You can also use \family sans Multicolumn \family default if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell, regarding then top and bottom border-lines and the text alignment. Here an example of this special handling of a cell: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 5 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 1 1 "" "" 4 1 0 "" "" 4 1 1 "" "" 1 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 1 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 1 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" \series bold \series default \newline \series bold \series default \newline \series bold \series default \newline \series bold point a & b \series default \newline \newline \newline \series bold point b & a \series default \newline \newline \newline \series bold point abc \series default \newline \newline \newline \series bold point abcd \series default \newline \newline \layout Standard You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, were as the left column is aligned to the left and the other columns are aligned to the right. Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed. \layout Standard If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width in the \family sans Width \family default \emph on \emph default input-field of the \family sans Table \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. \layout Standard If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you can select the \family sans Rotate \protected_separator \family default button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait document style). You might also like to rotate single table cells for having more horizontal space. Look at the following example, which demonstrates what you may need this feature for. \layout Standard \emph on Notice: \emph default This \family sans Rotate \protected_separator \family default option will \emph on \emph default display on screen, and works \emph on \emph default for PostScript output. So, if you want to preview them, use \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator PostScript \family default , as \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default will not work. \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 6 12 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 1 1 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 4 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 1 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 1 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 2 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" Description \newline Flag 1 \newline Flag 2 \newline Flag 3 \newline Flag 4 \newline Flag 5 \newline Flag 6 \newline Flag 7 \newline Flag 8 \newline Flag 9 \newline Flag 10 \protected_separator \newline Total \newline Desc. \protected_separator \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline Desc. \protected_separator \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline Desc. \protected_separator \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline Desc. \protected_separator \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline Total \newline \newline \layout Standard As you can see in the above example, the text in the header-line (Flag 1\SpecialChar \ldots{} 10) would not fit inside the paper width if they weren't rotated. \layout Subsection What can be placed inside a table? \layout Standard Many objects can be placed inside a table cell. Any single line of text, a math inset (not a displayed or multilined equation, though), or a figure can be in a cell, in fact, all three kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display them properly. However, you can't put a table inside a cell of another table, nor can you put a special environment in a cell (like \family sans Section* \family default , etc.), since LyX then tries to put the whole table in that environment, treating it like a paragraph. The results of that will be unpredictable. \layout Subsection Cut & Paste & Tables \layout Standard Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well. You can cut and paste even more than one row. Selection with the mouse or with \family sans Shift \family default plus the arrow-keys works as usual. The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first, using the mouse to select and paste. \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 4 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Standard Note that the cutting and pasting may give undesirable results unless the target table has the same number of columns as the source table. \layout Standard To be able to copy/cut and paste a \emph on whole \emph default table you need a little trick. There has to be a paragraph \emph on before \emph default and \emph on after \emph default the table. This means that if the table is the first and/or last entry in your document, you have to create paragraphs around it! Now select the whole table starting from the last character of the paragraph before the table till before the first character of the paragraph after the table. Now you will cut/copy the entire table including the structure, and not only the contents of the table. \layout Subsection Multiple lines in cells \layout Standard It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely WYSIWYM manner. There are several methods that can be used to achieve this: \layout Enumerate Define a fixed length for the column in the \family sans Table \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell enlarged vertically, when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed length. \layout Enumerate Remove the line between two (or more) adjacent rows. This gives only an approximation of a truly multi-line cell. \layout Enumerate Define a fixed length for the column in the \family sans Table \protected_separator Layout \family default popup and press the \family sans Linebreaks \family default button. After this you should be able to force linebreaks by inserting \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \backslash \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset marked as TeX, but this shouldn't be needed as selecting \family sans Linebreaks \family default means that the linebreaks are WYSIWYG in the resulting document. \begin_deeper \layout Standard Here is an example table: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 10 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 8 1 0 "" "" 2 1 0 "3cm" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 1 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 2 1 1 1 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 2 1 1 1 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 1 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 1 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline This is a multiline entry in a table. \newline \newline \newline This is longer now. \newline \newline \newline This is a multiline entry in a table. This is longer now. \newline \latex latex \newline \latex default \newline This is a \latex latex \backslash \backslash \latex default \emph on multiline \emph default \latex latex \backslash \backslash \latex default entry in a table. \newline \newline \newline This should be the same as below. \newline \newline \newline This is a \newline \newline \newline \emph on multiline \emph default \newline \newline \newline entry in a table. \newline \newline \newline This should be the same as above. \newline \layout Standard You can see that the multilined text will not appear that way within LyX, but it will print that way. If the lines are very long, you can hit \family sans C-Return \family default and you'll get a new row in the same cell where you can continue to write. Be aware that the output will \emph on \emph default respect this row breaks but will treat the whole text of the cell as if inputed in one row. \end_deeper \layout Standard A related concern is that text within a cell will not wrap to fit the page, so if a line of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right margin of the page. Similarly, LyX's table inset will not split itself at the bottom of a page, and so might extend below the bottom margin. You have these options to resolve this problem: \layout Enumerate Split it into two tables, to correctly handle pagebreaks and margins. \layout Enumerate Push the \family sans Longtable \family default button in the \family sans Table \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too high. After doing this, the list of \family sans Longtable \family default buttons activate themselves and you may now define: \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate \family sans FirstHead \family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header-lines of the first page of the multipage- table. \layout Enumerate \family sans \family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header-lines of all pages of the multipage-table except for the first page if \family sans FirstHead \family default is defined. \layout Enumerate \family sans \family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer-lines of all pages of the multipage-table except for the last page if \family sans LastFoot \family default is defined. \layout Enumerate \family sans LastFoot \family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer-lines of the last page of the multipage-t able. \layout Enumerate \family sans NewPage \family default : This forces a pagebreak after the row where this flag is defined. \layout Standard If you define more flags in the same table row, you should be aware of the fact that only the first flag is used in the defined table rows. The others will the be defined as \emph on empty \emph default In this context, first means first in this order: \family sans Foot, LastFoot, \family default \family sans Head, \family default \family sans FirstHead \family default \emph on Look at the longtable.lyx example file to see how this works -- jv \emph default \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Use the \family sans Width \family default entry in the \family sans Table \protected_separator Layout \family default popup to restrict the width of the table till it fits horizontally. \layout Enumerate A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow TeX to place it as well as it can within the page. \layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \protected_separator \protected_separator remark: \family sans Longtable \family default and \family sans Rotate \protected_separator \family default use special LaTeX packages, so you should look into \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator configuration \family default in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu to see if your system supports these features. \layout Subsection Table Floats \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} \end_inset If you simply use the table button on the icon toolbar to create your table, or the \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default \shape default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \shape up \bar under \bar default \shape default \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \shape up \bar default nsert \protected_separator Table \family default \shape default menu item, the table will be positioned exactly where the cursor was located, displayed on a separate line and centered. Using a \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default \shape default \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Table \protected_separator Float \family default , from the \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats \family default \shape default menu, will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than exactly where you insert it. Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} \end_inset , and is described in the section on float-placement for figures \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} \end_inset Table \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float} \end_inset is an example of a table float, whose insertion point in LyX is at the end of this sentence. As with \family sans Figure \protected_separator Floats \family default , the difference between a \family sans Table \protected_separator Float \family default and a \family sans \protected_separator Table \protected_separator Float \family default is that the wide version spans both columns in a two-column document. \begin_float tab \layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} \end_inset A table float. \layout Standard \align center \LyXTable multicol5 3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \int x^{2}dx \) \end_inset \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d \end{array}\right] \) \end_inset \newline \begin_inset Formula \( 1+1=2 \) \end_inset \end_float \layout Subsubsection Table Float Captions. \layout Standard When you open a table float the first thing you are prompted for is a caption. To actually create the table, click on the table icon on the toolbar when the cursor is in the float. You can control whether the caption is above the table, or below. If you insert a caption (which must be a single paragraph) immediately after the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold Table: \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset inside the float, and click on the table icon after the caption, the caption will appear above the table, as in Table \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table: A table float} \end_inset If you first click on the icon to open the table popup, then write the caption afterward, the caption will appear below the table, as in Table \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float with caption below} \end_inset \begin_float tab \layout Standard \align center \LyXTable multicol5 3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below} \end_inset A second table float, with the caption below. \end_float You can also create a table float without a caption, by creating the table as a displayed table (not within a float), highlighting the whole thing, and using the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ats\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default menu item. This was done for Table \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:captionless} \end_inset \begin_float tab \layout Standard \align center \LyXTable multicol5 3 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless} \end_inset \end_float , which, since it has no caption, will not be numbered, even though the reference is numbered. It is not possible to place a caption with a table unless it is a table float. Note that labelling the tables automatically numbers them, and cross-references (cf. \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} \end_inset ) will display that number in the output. \layout Subsubsection Float Placement \layout Standard The techniques of how to control the placement of table floats is the same as that for \family sans Figure \protected_separator Float \family default See section \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} \end_inset for details. \layout Section Table of Contents and other Listings \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} \end_inset One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets you create various \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset such as a ToC (Table of Contents). All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference at the place where you want the list to appear. \layout Standard If you are a LaTeX user or are used to an older version of LyX, you might remember that LaTeX should be run several times to get things right. Fortunately, this is not needed anymore. LyX will make sure that LaTeX is run a sufficient number of times in order for the lists to appear in your dvi--output. \layout Subsection The Table of Contents \layout Standard In order to get a Table of Contents (ToC), you need to do 5 things: \layout Enumerate Use a document--class that supports ToC (all but \family typewriter letter \family default \layout Enumerate Use styles that are supported by the ToC function: \family sans Chapter \family default \family sans (Sub...) Section \family default \family sans (Sub...) Paragraph \family default Note that styles with a \family sans \family default , like \family sans Section* \family default , will \emph on \emph default appear in the ToC. \layout Enumerate Make sure you set the \family sans \bar under \bar default ection \protected_separator number \protected_separator depth \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator contents \family default \family sans \protected_separator depth \family default in the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup to the appropriate value. If, for example, you only want chapters and sections to appear in the ToC, set the value to 3. \layout Enumerate Insert the ToC-- command at a place of your liking. You'll find it under \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lists \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Contents \family default \layout Standard But there is something else that you can do with a ToC. Whether or not you've created a ToC in your text, you can invoke the function \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator \protected_separator Contents \family default You will get a second window with a ToC that lets you navigate the text. \layout Subsection List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} \end_inset Lists of Figures (LoF), Lists of Tables (LoT) and Lists of Algorithms (LoA) are very much like ToCs. There are some slight differences, though, that you need to heed. Although the following description is for Lists of Figures, the same procedure applies to LoTs and LoAs. \layout Enumerate If you want you figures to appear in your LoF, you \emph on \emph default use figure floats. You can find them under \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Float \family default \layout Enumerate Insert the LoF -- command at a place of your liking. Select either \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default igures \family default , from the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lists \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default submenu. \layout Enumerate \emph on Author's note: the astute reader might notice that there is no mention of algorithms in this User's Guide. This is because algorithm floats is a new feature that is not yet documented -jml \emph default \layout Chapter Mathematical Formulas \layout Section Basic Math Editing \layout Standard Editing mathematical expressions in LyX is now almost-completely WYSIWYM. This is something that makes many old TeX users worried \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \emph on Author's Note: I'm one of them. - dlj \end_float They like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like \family typewriter \backslash alpha$ \family default (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around menus for a symbol. Here's a testimonial of one of those old TeX users, \noun on David Johnson: \layout Quotation I was finally convinced that the math-editor (Mathed) was the way to go when I found that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed to writing TeX. As an example, I created this \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset by typing the following keys: First type \family typewriter \family sans \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default to enter \family typewriter math-mode \family default , then type \family typewriter \backslash alpha \family sans \family default , then \family sans Space \family default \family sans \family default As soon as I typed that \family sans Space \family default the \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset was right there on the screen. \layout Standard \family sans \protected_separator \family default sequence starts \family typewriter math-mode \family default , the \family typewriter \backslash alpha \family default is of course the standard TeX code, and the \family sans \family default leaves \family typewriter math-mode \family default It is a little slower getting in to \family typewriter math-mode \family default than with standard TeX (for this mode, maybe, at least), but the advantages: \layout Itemize You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct, \layout Itemize You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed, to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least), \layout Itemize All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care of by LyX, not you, \layout Itemize You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing \family sans \family default or extra \family sans \family default any more. \layout Itemize If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like \begin_inset Formula \( \wp \) \end_inset , you can find it in the popups. \layout Standard -- these advantages mean that you will be faster writing mathematics with LyX than with raw LaTeX. \layout Subsection Invoking Mathed \layout Standard There are several ways to invoke \family roman Mathed \family typewriter \family default You can just click on the icon with \begin_inset Formula \( \frac{a+b}{c} \) \end_inset on it. That will open a little blue square, with a purple rectangle around it. That blue square is the math-cursor position, and the rectangle indicates that you are in math-mode. There is also a choice on the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu that does the same thing, or you can use a keyboard macro, \family sans \protected_separator \family default , or \family sans \family default Clicking on the icon will list all the equivalent keyboard macros to start Mathed. Starting Mathed in either of these ways produces an in-line Mathed box. To make it a displayed equation box, select \family sans \bar under \bar default isplay \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. \layout Standard If you are using \family typewriter math-mode \family default to simply type, say, a Greek letter, \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset , there is a special shortcut, just type \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \family default to get \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \family default to get \begin_inset Formula \( \beta \) \end_inset \emph on \layout Standard You can also invoke Mathed from the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default popup, or \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default for short. The \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default is incredibly useful, so you may want to open it and leave it somewhere on the screen. Select \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu to open it. Selecting anything from the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default will also start Mathed. \layout Subsection Navigating an Equation \layout Standard You can click on an existing Mathed equation (anything in blue text) and you will automatically activate Mathed, and place the cursor near where you clicked. The best control over cursor position within an existing equation is achieved with the arrow keys. Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted, since Mathed needs more than simple linear arrangement of symbols. \layout Standard The arrow keys can be used to navigate between text areas in any Mathed structure. Pressing an arrow key when at the edge of Mathed will leave Mathed, if the arrow is pointing out of the Mathed box. Pressing \family sans Space \family default will leave a fraction or other Mathed structure (a square root \begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2} \) \end_inset , or parentheses \begin_inset Formula \( \left( f\right) \) \end_inset , or a matrix \begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right] \) \end_inset ), staying within Mathed. Pressing \family sans \family default will exit Mathed, placing the cursor to the right of the box. Pressing \family sans Space \family default will also exit Mathed, but place the cursor one space beyond the box (creating that space if it is not there. \family sans \family default can be used to move horizontally in a Mathed structure, like the rows of a matrix or the positions in a multiline equation. \layout Standard \family sans Space \family default seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between characters, but it does exit a nested structure. For that reason, you have to be careful about using \family sans Space \family default For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2x+1} \) \end_inset , type \family typewriter \backslash \family sans \protected_separator \family default then \family sans Space \family default , then \family sans \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default , not \family typewriter \backslash \family sans \protected_separator Space \protected_separator \family typewriter \family sans \protected_separator Space \protected_separator \family typewriter \family sans \protected_separator Space \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default , since in the latter case only the \family typewriter \begin_inset Formula \( 2x \) \end_inset \family default will be under the square root sign, \begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2x}+1 \) \end_inset For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a little unlearning. \layout Standard Speaking of the \family sans Space \family default bar, you may want to create blank spaces, beyond the standard spacing that LaTeX provides. We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content. However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces. The first thing to do is to type \family sans C-Space \family default This generates a small space, and prints a small red underscore on the screen: \begin_inset Formula \( a\, b \) \end_inset The next trick is to change that space to different sizes. \emph on Before \emph default you move the cursor, after typing \family sans C-Space \family default , if you hit \family sans Space \family default again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable sizes. The last one in the list is blue, and is a negative space. For example: \begin_inset Formula \( a\quad b \) \end_inset , or \begin_inset Formula \( a\! b \) \end_inset \layout Standard You can leave many Mathed structures, like this matrix, partially filled in, such as: \begin_inset Formula \left( \begin{array}{ccc} \lambda _{1} & & \\ & \ddots & \\ & & \lambda _{n} \end{array}\right) .\] \end_inset If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most objects don't mind. \layout Subsection Selecting Text \layout Standard You can select text within Mathed in two different ways. Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press \family sans Shift-Arrow \family default to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. Alternately, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. That text can then be copied or cut by pressing the menubar icons, and can then be pasted within any math inset (not outside of LyX, or even in a plain text region in LyX, though). Selected text from elsewhere in LyX cannot (yet) be pasted into a math inset, nor can selections from outside of LyX be pasted into a math inset. \layout Subsection Exponents and Subscripts \layout Standard You can use the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu to add in superscripts ( \family sans \bar under \bar default xponent \family default on the menu) or subscripts (called \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default ), but the much easier way is to use the standard TeX method. To get \begin_inset Formula \( x^{2} \) \end_inset , type (in Mathed) \family typewriter \family default then \family sans Space \family default The final \family sans Space \family default puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of the superscript. If you type \family typewriter \family default , you will get \begin_inset Formula \( x^{2y} \) \end_inset , to get \begin_inset Formula \( x^{2}y \) \end_inset , type \family typewriter \family sans \family default then \family sans Space \family default \family sans \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default Subscripts are similar, to get \begin_inset Formula \( a_{1} \) \end_inset , type (in Mathed) \family typewriter \family sans \protected_separator \family default \family sans Space \family default \layout Subsection Fractions \layout Standard Create a fraction with either \family typewriter \backslash \family sans \family default (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default popup or the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu item \family sans \bar under \bar default raction \family default You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion squares top and bottom. The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction. To move to the bottom, simply press \family sans \family default To move back up, press \family sans \family default Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: \begin_inset Formula \left[ \frac{1}{\left( \begin{array}{cc} 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 \end{array}\right) }\right] \] \end_inset \layout Subsection Sums and Integrals \layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( \sum \) \end_inset and integral \begin_inset Formula \( \int \) \end_inset signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which are placed in LyX (as in TeX) as superscripts and subscripts. Sum will automatically place their \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset over and under the symbol in displaystyle, but will move them to the side when inlined, such as \begin_inset Formula \( \sum _{n=0}^{\infty }\frac{1}{n!}=e \) \end_inset , versus \begin_inset Formula \sum _{n=1}^{\infty }\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln \left( \frac{1}{1-x}\right) .\] \end_inset Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly over and under the integral sign in displaystyle, as in \begin_inset Formula \( \int _{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x) \) \end_inset , versus \begin_inset Formula \int _{-\infty }^{\infty }\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi .\] \end_inset Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. In display mode , the placement of the limits (directly above and below, or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor in front of the sign and hitting \family sans M-m l \family default Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign. Certain other mathematical expressions have this feature as well, such \begin_inset Formula \lim _{x\rightarrow \infty }f(x),\] \end_inset which will place the \begin_inset Formula \( x\rightarrow \infty \) \end_inset underneath the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in display mode, but not in inlined mode, \begin_inset Formula \( \lim _{x\rightarrow \infty }f(x) \) \end_inset The \begin_inset Formula \( \lim \) \end_inset , in red, has a special significance. It is considered as a special object in LaTeX, so that it treats subscripts that way. You get it in LyX by typing \family typewriter \backslash \family default in math-mode, or choosing from the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset functions \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menu in the \family sans Math Panel \family default popup. Other special \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset words \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are \begin_inset Formula \( \sin \) \end_inset and most other trigonometric functions; described below, see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions} \end_inset \layout Subsection \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} \end_inset \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default popup has a more extensive list of symbols and structures. As stated earlier, you can keep the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default open when writing mathematics. That allows you to have easy access to the less trivial features of \family typewriter math-mode \family default \layout Standard The first two icons in the \family sans Math Panel \family default , as indicated, produce square root, \begin_inset Formula \( \sqrt{2} \) \end_inset , or fraction \begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \) \end_inset regions. The third icon, with square brackets around an insertion square, pops up the \family sans Delimiter \family default popup with choices for left and right large delimiters, \begin_inset Formula \( \left\{ 3\right\rangle \) \end_inset These will adjust to fit whatever is placed inside them. The fourth icon calls up the \family sans Decoration \family default popup, which gives choices for bars, arrows, tildes and braces, placed either above or below the insertion point, \begin_inset Formula \( \underbrace{\widehat{V}} \) \end_inset These also adjust to accommodate any Mathed structure. The next icon pops up the \family sans Math space \family default panel, which allows the possible types of protected spaces available in math mode \begin_inset Formula \( 2\qquad 3 \) \end_inset Sixth is the Matrix popup, which has controls for the size of matrix created, as well as alignment \begin_inset Formula \( \left[ \begin{array}{clr} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 45 & 67 & 89 \end{array}\right] \) \end_inset The braces around a matrix are added using the \family sans Delimiter \family default popup. The last icon, if clicked while the cursor is in text mode, creates an empty math-mode region: \begin_inset Formula 1+2=3.\] \end_inset It will be created in display-math mode. Clicking this icon while in math-mode will toggle the math-insert between inlined and display mode. \layout Standard It is possible to get an nth root symbol. In the minibuffer, type \family typewriter math-insert root \family default This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign. Use \family sans \family default and \family sans \family default to move between the two boxes. You may want to setup a keybinding for this symbol so that you don't need to use the minibuffer. (See \emph on Customization \emph default for details.) \layout Standard In addition, the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default has several submenus containing math symbols. We'll outline how to use them in the next section. \layout Subsection Other Math Symbols \layout Standard Commonly-used symbols, and other menus, can be reached directly from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu, including \family sans \bar under \bar default raction, \bar under \bar default quare \protected_separator root, \bar under \bar default xponent, \bar under \bar default ndex, S \bar under \bar default m, In \bar under \bar default egral, \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Mode, \family default and \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default anel... \protected_separator \family default Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default popup under one of several categories, \family sans Greek \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \Gamma \rho \epsilon \epsilon \kappa \) \end_inset \family sans operators \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \pm \times \) \end_inset \family sans relations \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \leq \cong \) \end_inset \family sans arrows \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \uparrow \Leftrightarrow \) \end_inset \family sans large \protected_separator operators \family default \begin_inset Formula \( \sum \int \) \end_inset , and the dreaded \family sans miscellaneous \family default \emph on , Misc \emph default If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which to use, you do not have to use these popups, but they will help for those symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know. For a symbol whose LaTeX macro you know, all you need to do is type it, including the leading \family typewriter \backslash \family default that LaTeX uses, such as in \family typewriter \backslash alpha \family default , and it will be converted automatically to the real symbol as soon as you type a \family sans Space \family default , or other non-alphabetical symbol. The text as type it appears in red, (the \family typewriter \backslash \family default will not appear) but will change to a blue symbol that tells you visually that LyX understands what you wanted. If Mathed is not able to convert the symbol as typed, it will remain in red (this is called \emph on macro mode \emph default \layout Standard Not all symbols available in LaTeX can (yet) be displayed WYSIWYM in LyX. If you try a symbol whose LaTeX name you know, like \family typewriter \backslash \family default for \begin_inset Formula \( \oint \) \end_inset , when you finish typing that string, and then hit \family sans Space \family default (or a number, or another non-standard character), LyX will display the symbol whose macro you typed if it can. If it can't, it will leave the macro in red, such as \begin_inset Formula \( A\hookrightarrow B \) \end_inset If LaTeX can handle that macro, it will print accordingly. Some of the symbols accessible from the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default will display in this fashion, as will any that are defined in LaTeX but not yet in the LyX menus. This also allows you to define your own shortcut macros (put the command string in the preamble (see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} \end_inset For example, the string: \layout LyX-Code \backslash newcommand{ \backslash \backslash alpha} \family sans \layout Standard in the preamble will allow you to use \family typewriter \backslash \family sans \family default in Mathed instead of \family typewriter \backslash alpha \family sans \family default to generate \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset One caution, though, is that LyX will not concern itself with whether such a macro is valid, and if not you will have error messages when you try to preview or print (or run LaTeX). For more details, see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset \layout Subsection Math functions \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} \end_inset The \family sans \bar under \bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math \bar under \bar default anel... \family default menu contains a number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset functions \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , such as \begin_inset Formula \( \sin \) \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \( \lim \) \end_inset \emph on \emph default (you can type them in a Mathed inset by typing \family typewriter \backslash \family default \emph on \emph default Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like \begin_inset Formula \( \sin \) \end_inset , should not be italicized. Entering just the letters \begin_inset Formula \( sin \) \end_inset within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are available. they do more, however, to the final output than just change the typeface. For example, the expression \begin_inset Formula \( \sin t \) \end_inset will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t. For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like \begin_inset Formula \( \lim \) \end_inset , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether the math-inset is inlined or displayed: \begin_inset Formula \( \lim _{x\rightarrow 0}f(x)=L \) \end_inset versus \begin_inset Formula \lim _{x\rightarrow 0}f(x)=L.\] \end_inset These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro \family typewriter \backslash \family default (or the menu choice) alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered, to improve linespacing). \layout Subsection More symbols \layout Standard There are some mathematical symbols that are not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset blackboard bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers. Adding these packages is now a menu item, in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ocument... \family default popup there is a radio button marked \family sans Use AMS Math \family default Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available. You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble, since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its own. The AMS layouts include these packages automatically. \layout Subsection Accents \layout Standard In math mode you insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros. That is, you can enter \begin_inset Formula \( \hat{a} \) \end_inset to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled. This is entered by typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash hat a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in Mathed. These are the equivalences between the text names and math-mode names for the various accents: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 11 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \newline example \newline circumflex \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \hat{a} \) \end_inset \newline grave \newline grave \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \grave{a} \) \end_inset \newline acute \newline acute \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \acute{a} \) \end_inset \newline umlaut \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \ddot{a} \) \end_inset \newline tilde \newline tilde \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \tilde{a} \) \end_inset \newline \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \dot{a} \) \end_inset \newline breve \newline breve \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \breve{a} \) \end_inset \newline caron \newline check \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \check{a} \) \end_inset \newline macron \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \bar{a} \) \end_inset \newline \newline \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \vec{a} \) \end_inset \layout Section Brackets and decorations \layout Standard There are several brackets available through LyX. For most purposes, using just the keys \family typewriter [{]}()| \backslash \family default should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default \family sans Delimiter \family default popup [see sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel} \end_inset For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard matrix such as : \begin_inset Formula \left[ \begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right] ,\] \end_inset and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination such as: \begin_inset Formula \frac{1}{\left( 1+\left( \frac{1}{1+\left( \frac{1}{1+x}\right) }\right) \right) }\] \end_inset \begin_inset Formula f\left( g\left( h\left( k\left( l\left( x\right) \right) \right) \right) \right) .\] \end_inset The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX \family typewriter \backslash left( blah \backslash right) \family default \layout Standard It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use. Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button, the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by clicking on the button displaying your choices. If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print. \layout Standard If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure, like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the parentheses (that is done by holding the \family sans Shift \family default key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the mouse). Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on \family sans Apply \family default The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. \layout Section Arrays and Multi-line Equations \layout Standard Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX. In the \family sans \protected_separator Panel \family default there is a \family sans matrix \family default icon, which will open a popup for you to choose the number of rows/columns. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \left( \begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9 \end{array}\right) .\] \end_inset The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them with the \family sans delimiter \family default menu. Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the \family sans Shift \family default key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the matrix). You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified. That is that panel which appears as \family typewriter \family default by default. You should be careful about determining how many rows and columns you need. You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting \family sans C-Enter \family default while in the matrix, and you can delete rows with \family sans \series medium \family default \series default , but you can't add or delete columns, yet. Here's another example, with different alignments on the three columns: \begin_inset Formula \begin{array}{lcr} this & this\, column & this\, column\\ column & has & has\, right\\ has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment \end{array}.\] \end_inset There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as \family typewriter \backslash cases \family default and commutative diagrams. These are not yet supported in LyX (one such array, the \family typewriter \backslash cases \family default environment, is now supported in development versions of LyX). However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix (which is exactly what the \family typewriter \backslash cases \family default macro is, anyway). Here is a simple example of how LyX can display cases: \begin_inset Formula f(x):=\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} \frac{1}{q}, & \mathrm{if}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\, (\mathrm{in}\, \mathrm{lowest}\, \mathrm{terms})\\ 0, & \mathrm{if}\, x\, \mathrm{is}\, \mathrm{irrational} \end{array}\right. \] \end_inset This was constructed by first choosing delimiters, where the one on the right is a blank delimiter, then choosing inside the delimiters a \begin_inset Formula \( 2\times 2 \) \end_inset matrix, with both columns left-justified. The Roman text setting will be explained later. \layout Standard Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX. The display-math mode of Mathed will automatically switch to an \family typewriter \series medium eqnarray \family default \series default format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if, in the displayed-equa tion box, you hit \family sans \series medium \series default \family default The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed equation, is to insert a new line (with \family sans \series medium C-Enter \family default \series default ) immediately. Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the \family sans \series medium \family default \series default key. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9. \end{eqnarray*} \end_inset You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula by hitting \family sans \series medium C-Enter \family default \series default while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula. However, LyX will \emph on \emph default try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places everything in the left side of the line. To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit \family sans C-Tab. \family default It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there). Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit \family sans C-Tab \family default again. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset extra \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset insertion points in the line will disappear. \layout Standard You can delete a line of a multi-line formula by placing the cursor on the line and hitting \family sans \series medium \family default \series default You create new lines with \family sans C-Enter \family default \layout Section Equation Numbering and Labels \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} \end_inset Equation numbering is very easy in LyX. All it takes to change a displayed equation like: \begin_inset Formula 1+2=3\] \end_inset into the numbered equation : \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \label{mathed:first-eqn} 1+2=3 \end{equation} \end_inset is to go to the \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \family default menu, and select the \family sans \bar under \bar default abel... \family default option. This opens a popup in which you must enter some string as the label. There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take care of re-numbering the equation. Labels will not appear as such on the final output. LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations. The labels are used internally for cross-referencing. You can turn on numbering without a specific label by entering \family typewriter math-number \family default in the minibuffer (the line below the main LyX window, which usually displays information about the document. Click on it, and the mini-buffer clears, allowing you to enter commands such as these.) while the cursor is in the equation, such as: \layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2. \end{equation} \end_inset This behaves as a toggle. Entering \family typewriter math-number \family default in the mini-buffer a second time removes numbering. You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} \end_inset )) by using the \family sans Cross-Reference \family default popup, which you open using \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ross-Reference... \family default \protected_separator Note that you should \emph on \emph default use spaces in your labels, since they get deleted and cross-references will no longer work. This is a LyX bug, but one that can be dealt with. \layout Standard For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all lines are numbered separately. One you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines receive a label of #. That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line, like ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn} \end_inset ) below. \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation} \\ 2 & = & 4-2\\ 4 & \leq & 7. \end{eqnarray} \end_inset You can turn off numbering of a specific line by entering \family typewriter math-nonumber \family default in the minibuffer (below the main LyX window) while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation. This also toggles. Though it may seem odd, entering \family typewriter math-nonumber \family default again will turn the numbering back \emph on \emph default for that line. \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn} \\ 2 & = & 7-5\\ 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\, (mod\, 7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Note that the first equation in this set ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} \end_inset ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered, and the last ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} \end_inset ) is again labelled. \layout Section User defined macros in math mode \layout Standard LyX allows the user to define macros. An user defined macro in math mode is not a red colored name that LyX didn't know how to draw (formerly known as macro mode, now simply TeX mode). A macro definition box appears on screen as a grayed button with the name of the macro in blue (math color). But if you click on it, it will appear as a normal math box to allow you edit it. Just try it: \begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macro}{a+b} \end_inset \layout Standard Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode, in this case \family typewriter \backslash macro \family default , and it will be automatically expanded: \begin_inset Formula \( c=\macro \) \end_inset As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression \family typewriter \backslash macro. \layout Standard However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have \emph on arguments \emph default In a macro definition box an argument looks like a \family typewriter \family default followed by the argument number: \begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1 }} \end_inset \layout Standard Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate that you can insert there whatever you want: \family typewriter \backslash macrowarg = \begin_inset Formula \( \macrowarg{} \) \end_inset \family default Example: \begin_inset Formula \( b=\macrowarg{x-2} \) \end_inset \layout Standard When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command \family typewriter \backslash newcommand. \layout Subsection Directions on using macros \layout Subsubsection How to create them \layout Standard To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer: \layout Standard \family typewriter math-macro [number of arguments] \layout Standard Par example \family typewriter \backslash macro \family default was created with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter math-macro macro \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \family typewriter \backslash macrowarg \family default was created with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter math-macro macrowarg 1 \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) use this: \layout Standard \family typewriter math-macro-arg \layout Standard The argument mark in \family typewriter \backslash macrowarg \family default was introduced with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9. An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course can be edited only once. A number can't be greater than the number of arguments originally allowed for the macro. \layout Subsubsection How to navigate \layout Description \protected_separator \protected_separator arrow \protected_separator keys: Opening a macro form the left side will put the cursor in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key. Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the right side of the macro. \layout Description \protected_separator \protected_separator mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box. Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small. \layout Standard Currently the user can only define command macros, but internally it's possible to define also environment macros. \layout Standard There are several predefined macros, mainly to allow AMS-LaTeX users to use AMS macros in a WYSIWYM way, like \family typewriter \backslash cases \family default and \family typewriter \backslash binom \family default \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \emph on LyX 1.0 note: \family typewriter \backslash cases \family default are currently disabled because after some simplification and improving of the macro stuff, the only valid arguments are subparagraphs (neither tabs nor newlines). Perhaps they will be again included \emph default \emph on in a later version. \end_float \layout Section Fine-Tuning \layout Subsection Typefaces \layout Standard You can enter various typefaces in Mathed, but (at the moment) you have to use keyboard commands to set them. Not all appear exactly WYSIWYM, and a few don't appear WYSIWYM at all. The standard font for text is italic, \begin_inset Formula \( text \) \end_inset , but for numbers the standard is Roman. To set text in Roman font in math-mode, type \family sans \protected_separator \family default once in math-mode \begin_inset Formula \( \mathrm{text} \) \end_inset To get bold, \begin_inset Formula \( \mathbf{text} \) \end_inset , type \family sans \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default in math-mode. To get calligraphic font for capital letters (which looks like Helvetica italics on-screen, but is fancier on the final output), \begin_inset Formula \( \mathcal{TEXT} \) \end_inset , type \family sans \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default in math-mode. Here is a table with all the supported fonts: \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 6 3 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 8 0 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" Text-mode \newline \newline Mathed Keybinding \newline \series bold \series default \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \mathbf{Bold} \) \end_inset \newline \family sans \protected_separator \family default \newline \emph on Emphasize \emph default \newline \emph on \begin_inset Formula \( \mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC} \) \end_inset \emph default \newline \family sans \protected_separator \family default \newline --------- \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \mathrm{Roman} \) \end_inset \newline \family sans \protected_separator \family default \newline \family typewriter Typewriter \family default \newline \begin_inset Formula \( \mathtt{Typewriter} \) \end_inset \newline \family sans \protected_separator \family default \newline Default \newline \begin_inset Formula \( Default \) \end_inset \newline \family sans \protected_separator Space \layout Standard The keyboard command to switch to a particular text font is interpreted in math-mode as indicated. Math-mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only letters will be supported with these font styles; only capital letters for calligraphic font. \layout Standard For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text. If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that style after one character. To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a protected-space to the right of the cursor. Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard font. \layout Standard It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special symbols in math-mode. However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. It will print correctly, though. To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset , enter \family typewriter \backslash boldsymbol{ \backslash alpha} \family default in Mathed. The close-brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening brace. This works for all symbols, as well as numbers. It is also possible to get Fraktur (traditional German) fonts by entering, say, \family typewriter \backslash mathfrak{g} \family default for a Fraktur \begin_inset Formula \( g \) \end_inset , or the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset blackboard-bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset double-line capitals with \family typewriter \backslash mathbb{R} \family default These symbols will not appear (yet) WYSIWYM in LyX, and the AMS-LaTeX packages (including \family typewriter amsfonts \family default ) must be used. Adding these packages is now a menu item, in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ocument... \family default popup there is a radio button marked \family sans Use AMS Math \family default Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available. \layout Standard We do not have examples of these fonts in this Guide so that the Guide can be previewed and printed without these packages, which some people would not have available. \layout Subsection Math Text Mode \layout Standard Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text. For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained by typing \family sans M-m m \family default while already in math mode. (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears on the screen in black instead of blue. You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a \family typewriter \backslash textrm{} \family default , whereas and \family typewriter \backslash \family default (or AMSLaTeX's \backslash \family typewriter \family default ) might have been a better choice \end_float , but it works for simple text. Here's an example: \begin_inset Formula f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ -x & \textrm{otherwise} \end{array}\] \end_inset \layout Subsection Font Sizes \layout Standard There are four (relative) font sizes (or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset styles \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called \emph on textstyle \emph default \emph on displaystyle \emph default \emph on scriptstyle \emph default , and \emph on scriptscriptstyle \emph default For most characters, textstyle and displaystyle are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in displaystyle. Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set if these various sizes as LaTeX thinks is appropriate. These choices can be over-ridden by setting the \family typewriter math-size \family default in the minibuffer. For example, you can set \begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \) \end_inset normally (textstyle), or you can make it larger, which also changes the linespacing, in displaystyle, by entering \family typewriter math-size displaystyle \family default in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset, \begin_inset Formula \( \displaystyle \frac{1}{2} \) \end_inset Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction, only the numerator will be enlarged, \begin_inset Formula \( \frac{1}{2} \) \end_inset ! This reflects a LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unintended feature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_float footnote \layout Standard That is, a bug. \end_float , not a LyX one. These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output. Here are some text in the various styles: \begin_inset Formula \( displaystyle \) \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \( \textstyle textstyle \) \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \( \scriptstyle scriptstyle \) \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \( \scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle \) \end_inset \layout Standard All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes will be adjusted. Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. \layout Standard \family roman \size largest Here is a paragraph in \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font, with symbols: \begin_inset Formula \( \alpha \) \end_inset \layout Standard This applies to math-fonts in Titles, \emph on \emph default as well. \layout Chapter More Tools \layout Section Cross-References \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} \end_inset Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in it, right before the beginning of this sentence. This is a \family sans Label \family default Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference. The other half is the \family sans Reference \family default proper, and it looks like this: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} \end_inset Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a red box with red text in it. Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this case, the number of this section. There's also another variety of cross-reference: \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref} \end_inset This is the page number containing the location of the label. That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of your document. You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX will do that for you! All you need to do is use a \family sans Label \family default to mark a section, figure, table, equation, etc., and then refer to it via \family sans Reference \family default \layout Standard To insert a label, use \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default \family default A box will appear where you can enter your label. You can't change labels once you've created them [at least, not yet]. You'd have to delete the old label, make a new one, then remove all of the old references to the now-defunct label and insert new references. Yes, it's a pain, which is why you should choose label names carefully. \layout Standard To insert a reference, select \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default \protected_separator Reference \family default The \family sans Insert \protected_separator Cross-Reference \family default popup appears with a list of labels. Double-clicking on a list item inserts a reference into the text, as does the two different \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert \protected_separator Reference \family default buttons. Lastly, the \family sans \bar under \bar default pdate \family default button is there in case you decide to leave this popup open and add labels in the meantime. \layout Standard Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a \family sans Label \family default \family sans Reference \family default , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain: \layout Quote \family typewriter LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. \newline LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. \layout Standard You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \layout Standard There are a few more comments we need to make about the \family sans Labels \family default They always print the number of the section heading closest to them. So --- if you want to put a label on a \family sans Chapter \family default , but a \family sans Section \family default heading immediately follows it, you need to put the \family sans Label \family default \emph on \emph default the \family sans Chapter \family default environment. It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen. However, you need to do this if you want to label the \family sans Chapter \family default separately from the \family sans Section \family default The same goes for all other section headings. If plain text follows a section heading you want to label, then and only then can you put the \family sans Label \family default in the text without worrying. You have been warned. \layout Standard Also, a \family sans Label \family default \emph on \emph default makes sense in \emph on numbered \emph default section headings and table and figure floats. Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings, you can't really use a \family sans Label \family default on it. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Well, you \emph on \emph default , but only if you use the \family sans \protected_separator number \family default reference. The regular \family sans Reference \family default --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work, because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare- \family sans Label \family default s as page markers, then refer back to them using the \family sans \protected_separator number \family default reference. Once again, the regular \family sans Reference \family default won't work very well. It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number of the previous numbered section heading. \end_float See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float} \end_inset , and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label} \end_inset for details on using a \family sans Label \family default with figures, tables, and equations, respectively. \layout Section URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) \layout Standard It is often desirable to include long \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset properly. Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split, resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances. You can use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary) along automatically determined boundaries. \layout Standard At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l ike entity) simply select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default ; a popup will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default field). In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do. Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} \end_inset \layout Standard If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter it into the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default field of the popup; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before the URL. For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} \end_inset On the printed page, the last sentence ends as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all things related to LaTeX at CTAN \family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard \emph on Author's Note: I have no idea what the \family sans \emph default \bar under \bar default TML Type \family default \emph on button does in the popup. It appears to make no difference in the exported LaTeX file nor is any change apparent in the DVI file. --- mer \emph default \layout Section Manual Fine-Tuning \layout Subsection Extra Horizontal Space \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} \end_inset \family sans HFill \family default s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. \family sans HFill \family default is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. If there is more than one \family sans HFill \family default on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. \layout Standard Note: if you put an \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of a line, and it's \emph on \emph default the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. This prevents \family sans HFill \family default s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. \layout Standard \family sans HFill \family roman \family default can be inserted with \family sans \bar under \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default pecial \protected_separator Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default Here a few examples what you can do with them: \layout Quote \noindent This is on the left side \hfill This is on the right \layout Quote \noindent \hfill Middle \hfill Right \layout Quote \noindent \hfill 1/3 Left \hfill \hfill Right \layout Standard That was an example in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Here: \hfill :is one in a standard paragraph. It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it \emph on \emph default sitting in-between the two \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \layout Standard Remember that we said that an \family sans HFill \family default always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more than one set of margins on a line. Here's an example with the \family sans \family default environment. \layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \hfill two :three \hfill \hfill \hfill \layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset marks the beginning of the item. [There is actually a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset hidden \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans HFill \family default inside of the label of the \family sans \family default environment; it's put at the end of the label automagically.] \family sans HFill \family default s work similarly in other \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset multimargin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset situations, like two-column mode. \layout Subsection Extra Vertical Space \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} \end_inset To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default aragraph \family default to open the \family sans Paragraph \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. \layout Standard We're not going to provide an example of a \family sans VFill \family default , as it's a waste of paper. They work the same as any other type of filler, including \family sans HFill \family default s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. If there are several \family sans VFill \family default s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use \family sans VFill \family default s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4, and so on. \layout Subsection Changing Paragraph Alignment \layout Standard You can also change the paragraph alignment with the \family sans Paragraph \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. There are four possibilities: \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default enter \layout Standard The default in most cases is block alignment, in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: \layout Standard \align right This paragraph is right aligned, \layout Standard \align center this one is centered, \layout Standard \align left this one is left aligned. \layout Standard In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than block alignment. \layout Subsection Forcing Page Breaks \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} \end_inset If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you can force a pagebreak where you want one. In general, this will \emph on \emph default be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows} \end_inset \layout Standard So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we \emph on strongly \emph default recommend \emph on \emph default to use it until the text is \emph on really \emph default finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you \emph on really \emph default have to change the pagebreaking. \emph on Only \emph default in those cases, you can force a pagebreak above or below a paragraph in the \family sans Paragraph \protected_separator Layout \family default popup by selecting \family sans Pagebreak-Ab \bar under \bar default \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \layout Standard You might want to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} \end_inset and read about \family sans Floats \family default to learn more. \layout Subsection Other Tools \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} \end_inset This section describes briefly how some features well known by the LaTeX user can be generated with LyX. \layout Itemize The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point. This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: \begin_deeper \layout Quote A good documentation should weight no more than 1 \newline \layout Standard Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset A protected blank is set with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected Blank \family default or with \family sans C-Space. \end_deeper \layout Itemize The linebreak: You can force linebreaks within a paragraph by selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Linebreak \family default or with \family sans C-Return. \family default You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX \emph on very \emph default good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{} (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak} \end_inset There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively set a linebreak, e.g. in a poem or for an Address (see sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage} \end_inset \layout Itemize \line_bottom Horizontal lines above or below a paragraph: These can be useful for headlines. You get them in the \family sans Paragraph \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. Here: \begin_deeper \begin_deeper \layout Standard is one. \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Section Spellchecking \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} \end_inset LyX itself has no built-in spell checker. Rather it uses the external \family typewriter ispell \family default program as a backend \begin_float footnote \layout Standard the latest version can be found at the ispell WWW page \family typewriter http://ficus-www.cs.ucla.edu/ficus-members/geoff/ispell.html \end_float or the newer and supposedly better \family typewriter aspell \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \family typewriter http://metalab.unc.edu/kevina/aspell/ \end_float \family typewriter \layout Standard For installation notes and where to find dictionaries, see the \family typewriter ispell \family default documentation included with the \family typewriter ispell \family default distribution. After installing \family typewriter ispell \family default you can use the menu entry \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default pellchecker... \family default \shape default from the \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default \family default \shape default menu (make sure that the \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default binary is somewhere in your \family typewriter \family default If you have version \family typewriter \family default \family typewriter ispell \family default , it may be a good idea to replace it with the current version, \family typewriter 3.1.20 \family default Version 4 was a short-lived GNU release of ispell, and had numerous problems.) \layout Standard To start spellchecking, select the item \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default pellchecker \family default \emph on \emph default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default \shape default menu. Checking will start just after the current cursor position. A popup window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found \family typewriter ispell \family default in the first line and allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. Whenever \family typewriter ispell \family default reports an unknown word, the word is highlighted and the view in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible. In the \family sans Spellchecker \family default popup, there is also a box showing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset near misses \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , if \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default can find any. Clicking to one of the near misses will copy the near miss into the replace input field (double-click to invoke replace). The buttons in the \family sans Spellchecker \family default popup are quite self-explanatory: \layout Description \family sans \shape up Start \protected_separator spellchecking \family default \shape default begins to verify the spellings of words, beginning at the cursor position in the document. \layout Description \family sans Insert \protected_separator \protected_separator personal \protected_separator dictionary \family default inserts the word in an ispell dictionary such that the word is recognized forever and forever. \layout Description \family sans \shape up Accept \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator session \family default \shape default accepts the word rejected by \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default for the rest of this spellchecking session, but does not add the word to your personal dictionary. \layout Description \family sans \shape up Ignore \protected_separator \family typewriter \family default \shape default does not change the word caught by \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default , but it will catch the word again if it appears later in the document. \layout Description \family sans \shape up Replace \family default \shape default \protected_separator \family sans \shape up \family default \shape default replaces the word by what you have typed to the replace input field. \layout Description \family sans \shape up \protected_separator spellchecking \family default \shape default stops the operation of \family typewriter ispell \family default , but does not close the spell\SpecialChar \- check\SpecialChar \- er popup. Note that you can cancel spellchecking at any time, not only after an incorrect word has been found. \layout Description \family sans \shape up Spellchecker \protected_separator Options... \family default \shape default opens up another popup that allows you to alter the options fed to \family typewriter ispell \family default \layout Description \family sans \shape up Close \protected_separator Spellchecker \family default \shape default does what you might expect. \layout Standard Finally, there is a slider informing you about the progress of spell checking. \layout Description Note: If you want to spellcheck footnotes, margin notes, or captions in table- and figure-floats, you \emph on \emph default open them first. This is easy to do with the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats \protected_separator \protected_separator Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator \family default commands. \layout Subsection Spellchecker Options \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt} \end_inset The following options can be set in the \family sans \bar under \bar default pellchecker \protected_separator Options \family default popup (which you can also access from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions \family default menu): \layout Subsubsection Dictionary \layout Standard By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of the document you're checking, which is set in the \family sans \shape up \shape default \bar under \shape up \bar default ayout \shape default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \shape up \bar default ocument \family default \shape default popup. If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default will exit immediately after invocation. There will be a message on your stderr saying something like: \layout Quote \family typewriter Can't find file /usr/lib/ispell/xyz.hash \layout Standard and a popup window will inform you about the failure. In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the \family sans \bar under \bar default pellchecker \protected_separator \bar under \bar default ptions \family default popup, by typing in the name in the space provided, and checking the \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator alternate \protected_separator language.. \family default box, or change the \family sans \shape up Language \family default \shape default option in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument \protected_separator Layout \family default popup (opened using \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default ayout \shape default \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \shape up \bar default ocument) \family default \shape default \layout Standard A different solution is to make a link from say \family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) \family default \family typewriter german.(aff|hash) \family default or whatever applies to your language. This is because these ispell-files normally have the native language name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset deutsch \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) whereas \family typewriter ispell \family default , when started from lyx, searches for the English version of the name used with the LaTeX babel package ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard You may also have problems if the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary. If you use a language with latin1 encoding and set the \family sans \bar under \bar default ncoding \family default option in the \family sans \bar under \bar default ocument \protected_separator Layout \family default popup to \family sans latin1 \family default (or other than \family sans default \family default ), you must have this option in your language-dictionary as well. If your dictionary doesn't support the \family sans Encoding \family default you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr: \layout Standard \family typewriter ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' \layout Standard The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the \family typewriter ispell \family default process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file. \layout Standard There are four solutions to this problem. The easiest is to try the \family sans Input \protected_separator Encoding \protected_separator switch \protected_separator \protected_separator ispell \family default option. If that does not help, you can set \family sans \bar under \bar default ncoding \family default \family sans default \family default when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying). The third is to add the \family typewriter latin1 \family default option to your dictionary \family typewriter \emph on \family default language \family typewriter \emph default \family default file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory of the \family typewriter ispell \family default sources). Read the \family typewriter ispell \family default documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question and ask him to solve your problem. \layout Subsubsection Personal dictionary \layout Standard \family typewriter ispell \family default uses a personal dictionary file where words not found in the main dictionary can be saved so you don't get the same words reported every time you check a document. The name of this file is usually formed as \family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_ \family default \emph on dictionary \family typewriter \emph default \family default where \emph on dictionary \emph default is the name of the global dictionary used. Often the file (for the default dictionary) is simply \family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_words \family default If you want to use another file as your personal dictionary, you can also set this in the \family sans \bar under \bar default pellchecker \protected_separator Options \family default popup. Note that the directory in which \family typewriter ispell \family default will put your file is your home directory, not the directory the file you're editing is in! Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error message on stderr which you can ignore ( \family typewriter ispell \family default will create the file at the end of your spell checking). \layout Subsubsection Further Options \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default pellchecker \protected_separator Options \family default popup has some additional options which are fairly self-explanatory: \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default reat run-together words as legal \family default \newline Keeps \family sans ispell \family default from reporting compound words as misspelled. \layout Itemize \family sans Use alternate \bar under \bar default ersonal dictionary \newline \family default You can give a filename to a personal dictionary here. \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default xtra characters allowed in words \family default \newline Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what \family typewriter \shape up ispell \family default \shape default considers words, e.g. German umlauts. This should not normally be needed. \layout Subsection Problems \layout Standard If you can't spellcheck international characters, try the \family sans Input \protected_separator Encoding \protected_separator switch \protected_separator \protected_separator ispell \family default option. \layout Subsection Limitations \layout Standard Even though your \family typewriter ispell \family default program may correctly check contractions, it doesn't seem to when used through LyX. In addition, it is not at all clear that the options to allow runtogether words, or to include extra characters, or to allow extra affixes, work as they are supposed to. \layout Standard Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence of the word. That feature will be considered for later versions of LyX. \layout Section International Support \layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S. paper size and the spell checker set to U.S. English. You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new default configuration. \layout Standard If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example, a german keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language, the character encoding, and desired paper size. Refer to \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay} \end_inset for more information. \layout Standard If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different language than English, you can use an alternate keymap. For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you should configure LyX to use an Italian keymap. Refer to \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey} \end_inset for details. \layout Standard Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S. keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. \layout Standard The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are \emph on \emph default beyond the scope of this manual. You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language. If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX to your native tongue, please see the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for details. \layout Subsection \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default Language Options \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} \end_inset \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup lets you set \family roman the language and character encoding for your language. \family default Access this popup by selecting \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ocument \family default \layout Standard Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t \family roman \family sans Language \family roman \family default combo \family roman \family default of the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup. The default is U.S. English. Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice. The language name appears in the window. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support. If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions for it. \end_float \layout Standard \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use. The default is the \family typewriter ASCII \family default encoding which is typically sufficient for U.S. English. A superset of the \family typewriter ASCII \family default encoding is the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western European languages. The third choice, \family typewriter Latin2 \family default , is for support of Eastern European languages. Click on the popup and then click on the encoding you want to use, and it appears in the window. (Refer to \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:keytab} \end_inset for the character encodings.) \layout Standard To change the paper size, select \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \family default Then use the \family sans \bar under \bar default apersize \family default combobox to select a paper size. The default is the U.S. Letter paper size. \layout Standard To use any language, papersize, or encoding change you made, click on the \family sans \family default button. Your new configuration will now be used as long as you are in the current LyX session. \layout Subsection \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default eyboard \family default Keymap Configuration \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} \end_inset Select \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default eyboard \family default to open up the \family sans \protected_separator Mappings \family default popup. This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard. You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. \layout Standard Click on the down arrow for the \family sans Primary \family default combobox and choose the language keymap you want by clicking on it. The name them appears in the \family sans Primary \family default window. Do the same in the \family sans Secondary \family default window for a secondary language if you want one. You can then select either your primary or secondary keymap in the \family sans Mapping \family default section of the menu, or select \family sans \shape up \protected_separator \protected_separator mapping \family default \shape default if you do not want to use an alternate keymap. \layout Standard \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default aracter set \family roman window allows you to use different character sets if your language uses more than one. Greek, for example, uses two, and a Greek user can enter \family typewriter iso-8859-7 \family roman in this window and the appropriate character map (a \family typewriter .cdef \family sans \family roman file), if available, is loaded. \layout Standard Note that one of the choices for both primary and secondary keymaps is \family sans \shape up \bar under \bar default \family default \shape default You can use this to select a custom keymap which you've created yourself. For example, current distributions of LyX provide \family roman \family typewriter american-2 \family roman keymap f \family default ile in the \family typewriter $LYX_DIR/kbd \family default directory. This keymapping supports some accented characters for other languages in addition to the U.S. keymap. To use the \family typewriter american-2 \family default keymap, select the \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default eyboard \family default menu, select \family sans other \family default in t \family roman he primary selec \family default tion box, enter the name of the k \family roman eymap ( \family typewriter american-2 \family roman ) and cli \family default ck on \family sans \shape up \family default \shape default You should now be able to enter accent characters using the new keymap. \layout Subsection Character Tables \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} \end_inset Here is a table with all the characters in the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default character set. You should be able to print all these characters directly from the keyboard without using too many modifier keys (if your keyboard is set up correctly, that is). Note that you must set your font encoding (in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default combobox of the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default ocument \family default popup) to \family sans latin1 \family default to use this keyset, and to \family sans latin2 \family default to use the \family typewriter Latin2 \family default keyset. \layout Standard \added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center \LyXTable multicol5 17 17 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 1 1 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 0 "" "" 8 1 1 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 0 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" 0 8 1 1 0 0 0 "" "" \newline \size tiny \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size default \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \backslash \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \size tiny \size default \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \layout Standard There are a few things you need to know about this table. This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character That ain't the default. Nowhere near, in fact. Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters from the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default character set: \layout Itemize The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar, and the short dash -- are just plain missing in the default encodings. We don't know where they are or why this is the case. \layout Itemize Even if you've selected \family sans latin1 \family default in the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup, users who have only the \family typewriter \family default -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the \family typewriter \family default -fonts but aren't using them] will still be missing a few characters: D0, F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the french quotes -- won't show up. \layout Itemize Users of \family typewriter \family default -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they include the either the package \family typewriter umlaute.sty \family default \family typewriter german.sty \family default in their documents. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself. The automatic quote feature described in Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes} \end_inset , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and packages. \end_float \layout Standard The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display directly. It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but also the characters from \family typewriter ISO8859--2 \family default through \family typewriter \family default \layout Itemize From \family typewriter ISO8859--1 \family default \begin_deeper \layout Standard \hfill diaeresis \layout Standard \hfill circumflex \layout Standard \hfill grave \layout Standard \hfill acute \layout Standard \hfill tilde \layout Standard \hfill cedilla \layout Standard \hfill macron \begin_float footnote \end_deeper \layout Standard The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for this instead. For example, S-M-minus, or if \family typewriter \shape up .Xmodmap \family default \shape default is correct, S-M-macron. \end_float \layout Itemize From \family typewriter ISO8859--2 \family default through \family typewriter \family default \begin_deeper \layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} \i \^{h} \i \^{\j} \i \^{C} \i \^{G} \i \^{S} \i \^{c} \i \^{g} \i \^{s} \hfill circumflex \layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} \i \'{s} \i \'{z} \i \'{R} \i \'{L} \i \'{C} \i \'{N} \i \'{r} \i \'{l} \i \'{c} \i \'{n} \hfill acute \layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} \hfill tilde \layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} \i \c{T} \i \c{t} \i \c{R} \i \c{L} \i \c{G} \i \c{r} \i \c{l} \i \c{g} \i \c{N} \i \c{K} \i \c{n} \i \c{k} \hfill cedilla \begin_float footnote \end_deeper \layout Standard These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just fine when run through LaTeX and printed. \end_float \begin_deeper \layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} \i \={A} \i \={I} \i \={O} \i \={U} \i \={a} \i \={\i} \i \={o} \i \={u} \hfill macron \layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} \hfill hungarian umlaut \end_deeper \layout Standard All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts. In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters . This is also supported in LyX \family roman \shape up \family default \shape default selecting \family sans \shape up \bar under \shape default \bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator \shape up \bar under \shape default \bar default \family default and checking the \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator accents \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator chars \bar under \family default \bar default radio button \family sans \family default Also make sure you're using the \family typewriter \family default font-encoding and have the package \family typewriter umlaute.sty \family default with the definition file \family typewriter iso.def \family default installed. \layout Subsection International Spellcheck Support \layout Standard LyX uses the \family typewriter ispell \family default spelling checker. You should configure \family typewriter ispell \family default to work with your system if it does not already. To get the appropriate language dictionary, refer to the \family typewriter Where \family default file included with the \family typewriter ispell \family default package. Note that some dictionaries do not support the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default encoding. If you have selected the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default encoding (in the \family sans Document \protected_separator Layout \family default popup) with one of these dictionaries, the spellchecker will not work for some people. Refer to section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:spellchecking} \end_inset for more details about international spellchecking. \layout Chapter LyX and LaTeX \layout Section How LyX Uses LaTeX \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} \end_inset This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious. In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable output. This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about LaTeX. \layout Standard At one time, we called LyX a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but that's no longer true. There are frontends to LaTeX out there. They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors in the file you're editing. Although LyX \emph on \emph default an editor, and it \emph on \emph default run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much more. Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, \begin_float footnote \layout Standard What You See Is What You Mean \end_float you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively. LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard The Team did this for parsing/coding reasons. The new macros allow LyX to more easily produce LaTeX code and ensure that the resulting code is correct. Nothing that you, the user, need worry about. \end_float Try the following sometime: select \family sans Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator LaTeX... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting \family typewriter \family default file. You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard A little bit of history: at one time, all of these macros were in a \family typewriter lyx.sty \family default file. The Team has since decided that \family typewriter \family default files generated by LyX should be more portable. So, now the macros are in the preamble. \end_float This is all transparent to the user, however. \layout Standard There are five commands that automatically invoke LaTeX. They are: \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator PostScript \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default pdate \protected_separator \layout Itemize \family sans Updat \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Postscript \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default rint... \layout Standard All of these are in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time LaTeX was run. \layout Standard When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps: \layout Enumerate Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension \family typewriter \family default in place of \family typewriter \family default \layout Enumerate Run LaTeX on the \family typewriter \family default file (maybe several times). \layout Enumerate If there are any errors, mark them in the document. \layout Standard If you've run LaTeX using \family sans \protected_separator \family default , LyX then executes \family typewriter \family default on the Dvi file. If you've used \family sans \protected_separator PostScript \family default \family sans \bar under \bar default rint... \family default \protected_separator , LyX performs two more steps: \layout Itemize \family typewriter dvips \family default to convert the Dvi file to PostScript \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans \protected_separator PostScript \family default , the output file has the extension \family typewriter .ps_tmp \layout Itemize \family sans \bar under \bar default rint... \family default \protected_separator , the output file has the extension \family typewriter \family default , as expected. \end_deeper \layout Itemize Execute \family typewriter ghostview \family default or send the PostScript file to the printer. \layout Section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable \family typewriter \family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \layout Standard Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : I know a certain faculty member who actually did complain to me that LyX doesn't generate LaTeX files. Ain't it funny how, sometimes, faculty are the worst at reading instructions? \end_float \layout Standard We're going to set the record straight. LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files. One is human readable. The other is LyX readable. Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily scan for errors. The resulting \family typewriter \family default file is not human readable. Don't even try to read it. If you want a \family typewriter \family default file that you can send to a colleague, select \family sans Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator LaTeX... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. \layout Standard We'll say that again, specially separated for the particularly clue-impaired: \layout Quote \added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm If you want a \family typewriter \family default file that you can send to a colleague, select \family sans Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator \protected_separator LaTeX... \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. \layout Section Translating LaTeX files into LyX \layout Standard You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the \family sans \bar under \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Import\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default command in LyX. This will call a Perl script call \family typewriter reLyX \family default ---which will create a file \family typewriter foo.lyx \family default from the file \family typewriter foo.tex \family default ---and then open that file. If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling \family typewriter reLyX \family default from the command line \begin_float footnote \layout Standard When LyX is installed, a separate executable called \family typewriter reLyX \family default will be placed in the same folder as the \family typewriter \family default executable (e.g., \family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX \family default \family typewriter reLyX \family default requires Perl (version 5.002 as of this writing). \end_float , possibly using fancier options. \layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX \family default will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating a file with \family typewriter reLyX \family default , you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right. \layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX \family default has its own manpage, which you should read to find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around them), and how to use the various options. \layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX \family default is relatively new, and still under development. The bad news is, there are still bugs and some missing features. The good news is that these may have been fixed by the time you read this. New versions of \family typewriter reLyX \family default (which can be installed without reinstalling LyX) will be made available at the developers' web site \begin_float footnote \layout Standard \family typewriter http://www.devel.lyx.org \end_float as they are written. \layout Standard If you can't get \family typewriter reLyX \family default to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file, see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset \layout Section Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into any LyX document. LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible LaTeX construction. If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you have two options: \layout Description Inline: Mark a block of text as LaTeX anywhere, anytime. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize There are three ways to access this command: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Menu: \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default \protected_separator Style \layout Itemize Toolbar Button: The button with the red word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset on it. \layout Itemize Keybinding: \family sans \protected_separator \layout Standard It works just like a character style. You can toggle TeX Style on or off. When on, everything you type will be in TeX mode. You can also select a block of text and [for example] hit the TeX button to mark it as TeX code. \end_deeper \layout Itemize Best used for brief or small bits of LaTeX code. \begin_deeper \layout Standard We've already encountered some of the uses of TeX Style in sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ligatures} \end_inset \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Description \family sans LaTeX \family default \protected_separator Environment: We've already encountered this one, too, in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:LaTeXlayout} \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \family sans LaTeX \family default paragraph environment is for large blocks of LaTeX code. Using it is pretty simple if you follow a guideline or two: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Break lines using \family sans C-Return \family default A plain \family sans Return \family default will reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default \layout Itemize Don't begin lines with a \family sans Space \family default LyX has a bug that gags on such lines. [I know, that means you can't indent your LaTeX code to make it look pretty.] \layout Itemize \emph on \emph default nest the \family sans LaTeX \family default environment inside of others. For example, suppose you wanted to do the following: \begin_deeper \layout LyX-Code \backslash begin{itemize} \newline \backslash item ..... \newline \newline \newline \newline %Your LaTeX Code to do something \newline \newline \newline \newline \newline \backslash end{itemize} \layout Standard You can just nest a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment inside of an \family sans Itemize \family default environment to achieve the same thing. \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Itemize Here's an example of code in the \family sans LaTeX \family default paragraph environment. The code looks like this: \begin_deeper \layout LyX-Code \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This is an example for a minipage environment. You \newline can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) \newline figures and tables. \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline \backslash begin{verbatim} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This ... \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{verbatim} \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{tabular} \layout Standard What follows is the \family sans LaTeX \family default environment proper. Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text in red. Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: \layout LaTeX \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline \backslash begin{verbatim} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This ... \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{verbatim} \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{tabular} \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Standard In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing some complex LaTeX structure. You can then use either the \family sans \protected_separator Style \family default or the \family sans LaTeX \family default paragraph environment to put the LaTeX command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash input{myfile} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into your document. LaTeX will then include the file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter myfile.tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [note the addition of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset suffix] into your document. We recommend that you only do this if you have a \family typewriter \family default file which you \emph on \emph default works already. Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{} \layout Standard There are a few last notes to emphasize: \layout Itemize Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears \emph on in red. \layout Itemize \emph on does not \emph default check if your LaTeX code is correct. \layout Itemize Beware reinventing the wheel. \layout Standard That last note refers to two things. First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are coming. Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : I seem to do this an awful lot. Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this. Worse yet - I had them already! \end_float Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan} \end_inset \layout Standard If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance. There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of this manual. \layout Standard There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the beginning of the actual text. They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section. \layout Section LyX and the LaTeX Preamble \layout Subsection About the LaTeX Preamble \layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} \end_inset If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for. If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again that you consult a LaTeX book for further information. In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX document. \layout Standard The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, \emph on before \emph default the text. It serves to: \layout Itemize declare the document class. LyX already does this for you. \begin_deeper \layout Standard If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nicians, and you have some custom document class you want to use, check out the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for info how to make LyX interface to it. Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future versions! \end_deeper \layout Itemize declare the usage of packages. LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. For example, the \family typewriter \family default package \family typewriter indentfirst \family default forces all paragraphs to be indented. There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. \layout Itemize set counters, variables, lengths and widths. There are several LaTeX counters and variables which \emph on \emph default be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document, too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble. Another example is the label format for lists. You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it just once, inside the preamble. \layout Itemize declare user defined commands [with \family typewriter \backslash newcommand \family default \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand \family default ], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside a document. Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they \emph on \emph default be declared anywhere else [but \emph on before \emph default they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document, which normally should not be the case. \layout Standard LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the \family typewriter \family default file it produces. This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable. \layout Subsection Changing the Preamble \layout Standard The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you can't change them without patching LyX itself. You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble. There are two ways to do this: \layout Enumerate Select \family sans \bar under \bar default \protected_separator preamble \family default from the \family sans \bar under \bar default ayout \family default menu. This opens an editing popup in which you can put your favorite commands. \begin_deeper \layout Standard The editing behavior of this popup is toolkit-dependent, so don't expect the LyX keybindings to work in it. \end_deeper \layout Enumerate Set this in your default template (see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:setup} \end_inset ), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create. \layout Standard LyX adds anything in the \family sans LaTeX \protected_separator preamble \family default popup to its own built-in preamble. Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do [remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?]. Also \emph on make sure your preamble code is correct \emph default LyX doesn't check it. \layout Subsection Examples \layout Standard Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they \layout Subsubsection Example #1: Offsets \layout Standard There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default Their names should be self-explanatory. These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same. This is where \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default come in. \layout Standard The default values for \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default are both 0 pt., \protected_separator \protected_separator \protected_separator the page isn't shifted. \layout Standard Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and your sysadmin is a doofus, \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default can save the day. Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big. You can add this to the preamble: \layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} \layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and your margins should now be correct. \layout Subsubsection Example #2: Labels \layout Standard Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, for printing sheets of labels, called \family typewriter labels.sty \family default Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. We leave that up to you to check. You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do that for you. Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you use this package. \layout Standard First, make sure you're using the \family sans article \family default document class. Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: \layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{labels} \layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelCols=3 \layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelRows=7 \layout LyX-Code \backslash LeftBorder=8mm \layout LyX-Code \backslash RightBorder=8mm \layout LyX-Code \backslash TopBorder=9mm \layout LyX-Code \backslash BottomBorder=2mm \layout Standard This sets things up for Avery label sheets, stock #5360. You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code, placing the commands \family typewriter \backslash begin{labels} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{labels} \family default around each label text. This and other special features of \family typewriter labels.sty \family default are explained in its documentation. \layout Standard Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly. Maybe that someone is you. \layout Subsubsection Example #3: Paragraph Indentation \layout Standard Americans are trained to indent the first line of \emph on every \emph default paragraph. As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : This was written by an American --- \emph on \emph default ! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen. Tough if you don't like it. Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp! \end_float \layout Standard Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph \emph on \emph default it follows another one. The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another. If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation. \layout Standard If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: \layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{indentfirst} \layout Standard If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package, and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve. \layout Subsubsection Example #4: This Document \layout Standard You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do. You'll probably need to make the \family sans LaTeX \protected_separator preamble \family default popup full-screen to see most of it. Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset given in the \emph on Extended Features \emph default manual. \layout Section LyX and LaTeX Errors \layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep going. It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of \family typewriter \family default files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document. If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Error \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the appropriate place in the document. \begin_float footnote \layout Standard LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was. This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble. \end_float It will also display a message popup alerting you to the fact that there were errors. \layout Standard You can navigate through the errors by using \family sans \protected_separator \protected_separator \bar under \bar default \family default in the \family sans \bar under \bar default \family default menu. You can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on \layout Standard Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from \family sans \bar under \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default iew LaTeX log file \family default There are some fairly common error messages an warnings. We'll cover those here. You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing. \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Warning: \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset debugging \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the LaTeX code itself. You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that you need to make another run. \layout Standard You can by-and-large ignore these. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find. The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that LaTeX used. \layout Standard You can safely ignore these. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Overfull \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard LaTeX absolutely \emph on loves \emph default to spew these out. They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right margin. Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output. Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin. LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write. \layout Standard You can ignore these stupid messages. Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide; just look at the output. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Underfull \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard Not quite as common as its cousin. LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to ones that are a bit too narrow. We have no idea why. \layout Standard You can ignore these, too. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Overfull \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Underfull \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard Warnings about troubles breaking the page. Once again, just look at the output. Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset not found \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard The file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset isn't installed on this system. This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{} \family default command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing. Use \family sans \bar under \bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under \bar default TeX Configuration \family default , to get a list of packages that LyX knows about. This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using \family sans \bar under \bar default ptions \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default econfigure \family default ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. \layout Standard If you \emph on \emph default use the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{} \family default command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install it yourself. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package. Check the package's documentation. \end_deeper \layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Undefined control sequence \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_deeper \layout Standard If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll get one of these. You may have forgotten to load a package. In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined command. \end_deeper \layout Standard There are other error and warning messages. Some are self-explanatory. These are usually LaTeX messages. Others are downright cryptic. These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have \emph on no clue \emph default what they mean or how to decipher them. \layout Standard There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: \layout Enumerate Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos. \layout Enumerate If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly. \layout Enumerate If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document, it means that there are errors in the preamble. Start debugging your preamble. \layout Enumerate If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself. Check for missing packages and install them. \layout Enumerate Okay, so there are no missing packages. Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you \emph on misuse \emph default any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of \family sans Protected \protected_separator Blank \family default \family sans Linebreak \family default s, or \family sans Pagebreak \family default s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment? \layout Enumerate All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by the rules. Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? \layout Enumerate Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX [currently] doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. If you nested a bunch of environments to the \begin_inset Formula \( 17^{\mathrm{th}} \) \end_inset level, that's the problem. \layout Enumerate Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked. If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you need to: \begin_deeper \layout Enumerate rescale the figure so it fits. \layout Enumerate trim down the table so it fits. \layout Standard If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. \end_deeper \layout Standard If all this doesn't help --- well, then \emph on perhaps \emph default you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} \layout Chapter Credits \layout Standard The documentation is something of an exercise in stone-soup. There are lots of hands that have contributed something to the pot. \layout Standard First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us. They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue to provide information: \layout Itemize \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well as the introduction to this manual [or the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX Manifesto, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as some of us call it]. \begin_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Lars Gullik Bj \noun default wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international support in LyX. \layout Itemize \noun on Ivan Schreter \noun default also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio nal keyboard maps and customization. \layout Itemize \noun on Pascal Andr \noun default originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface. \layout Itemize \noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra \noun default originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions \family typewriter Reference.lyx \layout Itemize Special thanks to the LyX Team \protected_separator \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} \end_inset for help and answers to questions. \end_deeper \layout Standard Next, it's time to give credit to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX Documentation Team, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form it had after ver. 0.10: \layout Itemize \noun on David Johnson \noun default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Contributor to the FAQ and the old \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [now defunct]. \layout Itemize General editing assistance. \layout Itemize Documentation of: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize math mode \layout Itemize tables \layout Itemize spellchecking \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Rich Fields \noun default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Primary contributor to \family typewriter Reference.lyx \layout Itemize Documentation of the basic LyX interface in \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Paul Evans \noun default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Maintainer of the FAQ and the old \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [now defunct]. \layout Itemize Documentation of LinuxDoc in \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Paul Russel: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Documentation of figures and imported graphics in \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on John Raithel \noun default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Documentation of internationalization features in \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Robin Socha: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Documentation of: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize footnotes \layout Itemize margin notes \layout Itemize table of contents \layout Itemize cross-references \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Amir Karger \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Primary contributor to \family typewriter Tutorial.lyx \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on Matthias Zenker: \begin_deeper \layout Itemize Documentation of \begin_deeper \layout Itemize manual fine-tuning \layout Itemize using LaTeX from within LyX \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \end_deeper \end_deeper \layout Itemize \noun on John Weiss \noun default \begin_deeper \layout Itemize General organization and format of the documents. \layout Itemize Documentation of : \begin_deeper \layout Itemize LyX setup \layout Itemize paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts \layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} with some minor changes to \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default 's introduction section in \family typewriter UserGuide.lyx \family default \end_deeper \layout Itemize Also responsible for Introduction in \family typewriter Tutorial.lyx \layout Itemize Editor of the documents. [from 6/96-fall 1997] \end_deeper \layout Standard After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the documentation. \layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} The LyX source tree. File: CREDITS. \layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport. \emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. \emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 \layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: \emph on \latex latex \latex default LaTeX Companion. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 1994 \layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. \layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth. \emph on The TeXbook \the_end